Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Hawthorne, Nathaniel, 1804-1864 [1852], The snow-image and other twice-told tales. (Ticknor, Reed, and Fields, Boston) [word count] [eaf578T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

Ex Libris; Carroll Atwood Wilson
Hic Fructus Virtutis; Clifton Waller Barrett
[figure description] 578EAF. Paste-Down Endpaper with Bookplates (2): The first bookplate begins with an outer-most border consists of a dark line forming a rectangle. This rectangular area contains an ornate filigree pattern and three heraldic shields, in a line next to one another, along the bottom of that patterned, rectangular area. The top of each shield is tilted to the left. The shield on the left has two crowns on the top, an open book in the center, and one crown on the bottom. The shield in the center has an image of an open right hand within a smaller shield in the middle, surrounded by a chevron above and below it; six birds of the same type appear on the shield, with three along the top, two between the chevrons and on either side of the open hand, and one on the bottom. The shield on the right has a circular seal, which appears to include the image of a globe and a motto. The patterned, rectangular area also encloses a smaller, centered, blank rectangle which contains the captions of "Ex Libris" and "Carroll Atwood Wilson". The second bookplate is a Bookplate: heraldry figure with a green tree on top and shield below. There is a small gray shield hanging from the branches of the tree, with three blue figures on that small shield. The tree stands on a base of gray and black intertwined bars, referred to as a wreath in heraldic terms. Below the tree is a larger shield, with a black background, and with three gray, diagonal stripes across it; these diagonal stripes are referred to as bends in heraldic terms. There are three gold leaves in line, end-to-end, down the middle of the center stripe (or bend), with green veins in the leaves. Note that the colors to which this description refers appear in some renderings of this bookplate; however, some renderings may appear instead in black, white and gray tones.[end figure description]

-- --

Advertisement

[figure description] Free Endpaper with Advertisement. [Page 001].[end figure description]

Boston, 135 Washington Street,
January,
1852.

NEW BOOKS AND NEW EDITIONS
PUBLISHED BY
TICKNOR, REED, AND FIELDS.

HENRY W. LONGFELLOW'S WRITINGS.

The Golden Legend. A Poem. Just published.
Price $1.00.

Poetical Works. This edition contains the six Volumes
mentioned below, and is the only complete collection in the market.
In two volumes, 16mo, $2.00.

In separate Volumes, each 75 cents.

Voices of the Night.

Ballads and Other Poems.

Spanish Student; A Play in Three Acts.

Belfry of Bruges, and Other Poems.

Evangeline; a Tale of Acadie.

The Seaside and the Fireside.

The Waif. A Collection of Poems. Edited by Longfellow.

The Estray. A Collection of Poems. Edited by Longfellow.

MR. LONGFELLOW'S PROSE WORKS.

HYPERION. A Romance. Price $1.00.

OUTRE-MER. A Pilgrimage. Price $1.00.

KAVANAGH. A Tale. Price 75 cents.

NATHANIEL HAWTHORNE'S WRITINGS.

TWICE-TOLD TALES. Two Volumes. Price $1.50.

THE SCARLET LETTER. Price 75 cents.

THE HOUSE OF THE SEVEN GABLES. Price $1.00.

THE SNOW IMAGE, AND OTHER TWICE-TOLD
TALES. Price 75 cents.

TRUE STORIES FROM HISTORY AND BIOGRAPHY.
With four fine Engravings. Price 75 cents.

A WONDER BOOK FOR BOYS AND GIRLS. With seven
fine Engravings. Price 75 cents.

-- 002 --

[figure description] Free Endpaper with Advertisement. Page 002.[end figure description]

JOHN G. WHITTIER'S WRITINGS.

OLD PORTRAITS AND MODERN SKETCHES. Price
75 cents.

MARGARET SMITH'S JOURNAL. Price 75 cents.

SONGS OF LABOR, AND OTHER POEMS. Price 50 cts.

OLIVER WENDELL HOLMES'S WRITINGS.

POETICAL WORKS. With fine Portrait. Price $1.00.

ASTRÆA. Price 25 cents.

ALFRED TENNYSON'S WRITINGS.

POETICAL WORKS. With Portrait. 2 vols. Price $1.50.

THE PRINCESS. Price 50 cents.

IN MEMORIAM. Price 75 cents.

THOMAS DE QUINCEY'S WRITINGS.

CONFESSIONS OF AN ENGLISH OPIUM-EATER, AND
SUSPIRIA DE PROFUNDIS. Price 75 cents.

BIOGRAPHICAL ESSAYS. Price 75 cents.

MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. Price 75 cents.

THE CÆSARS. Price 75 cents.

LIFE AND MANNERS. Price 75 cents.

LITERARY REMINISCENCES. 2 Vols. Price $1.50.

GRACE GREENWOOD'S WRITINGS.

GREENWOOD LEAVES. 1st & 2d Series. Price $1.25
each.

POETICAL WORKS. With fine Portrait. Price 75 cents.

HISTORY OF MY PETS. With six fine Engravings.
Price 50 cents.

RECOLLECTIONS OF MY CHILDHOOD. With six fine
Engravings. Price 50 cents.

-- 003 --

[figure description] Page 003.[end figure description]

EDWIN P. WHIPPLE'S WRITINGS.

ESSAYS AND REVIEWS. 2 Vols. Price $2.00.

LECTURES ON SUBJECTS CONNECTED WITH LITERATURE
AND LIFE. Price 63 cents.

WASHINGTON AND THE REVOLUTION. Price 20 ets.

HENRY GILES'S WRITINGS.

LECTURES, ESSAYS, AND MISCELLANEOUS WRITINGS.
2 Vols. Price $1.50.

CHRISTIAN THOUGHT ON LIFE. Price 75 cents.

WILLIAM MOTHERWELL'S WRITINGS.

POEMS, NARRATIVE AND LYRICAL. Price 75 cents.

POSTHUMOUS POEMS. Price 50 cents.

MINSTRELSY, ANCIENT AND MODERN. 2 Vols. Price
$1.50.

JAMES RUSSELL LOWELL'S WRITINGS.

COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS. Revised, with Additions.
In two volumes, 16mo. Price $1.50.

SIR LAUNFAL. New Edition. Price 25 cents.

MISCELLANEOUS.

WILLIAM WORDSWORTH'S BIOGRAPHY. By Dr. C.
Wordsworth. 2 Vols. Price $2.50.

ROBERT BROWNING. Complete Poetical Works. 2 Vols.
Price $2.00.

BARRY CORNWALL. English Songs and other Small
Poems.
Enlarged Edition. $1.00.

RICHARD MONCKTON MILNES. Poems of Many Years.
Price 75 cents.

PHILIP JAMES BAILEY. The Angel World and Other
Poems.
Price 50 cents.

GOETHE'S WILHELM MEISTER. Translated by Carlyle.
2 Vols. Price $2.50.

-- 004 --

[figure description] Page 004.[end figure description]

GOETHE'S FAUST. Price 75 cents.

CHARLES SPRAGUE. Poetical and Prose Writings. With
fine Portrait. Price 75 cents.

CHARLES SUMNER. Orations and Speeches. 2 Vols.
Price $2.50.

GEORGE S. HILLARD. The Dangers and Duties of the
Mercantile Profession.
Price 25 cents.

HORACE MANN. A Few Thoughts for a Young Man.
Price 25 cents.

F. W. P. GREENWOOD. Sermons of Consolation. Price
$1.00.

HENRY T. TUCKERMAN. Poems. Price 75 cents.

BAYARD TAYLOR. Poems. Price 63 cents.

R. H. STODDARD. Poems. Price 63 cents.

JOHN G. SAXE. Poems. Price 50 cents.

REJECTED ADDRESSES. By Horace and James Smith.
Price 50 cents.

WARRENIANA. By the Authors of Rejected Addresses.
Price 63 cents.

MEMORY AND HOPE. A Book of Poems, referring to
Childhood.
Price $2.00.

ALDERBROOK. By Fanny Forester. 2 Vols. Price $1.75.

HEROINES OF THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE. Price
75 cents.

MEMOIR OF THE BUCKMINSTERS, Father and Son.
By Mrs. Lee. $1.25.

THE SOLITARY OF JUAN FERNANDEZ. By the Author
of Picciola. Price 50 cents.

THE BOSTON BOOK. Price $1.25.

ANGEL-VOICES. Price 38 cents.

FLORENCE, AND OTHER TALES. By Mrs. Lee. Price
50 cents.

SIR ROGER DE COVERLEY. Price 75 cents.

EACH OF THE ABOVE POEMS AND PROSE WRITINGS, MAY BE HAD IN
VARIOUS STYLES OF HANDSOME BINDING.

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] Title page.[end figure description]

Title Page THE
SNOW-IMAGE,
AND
OTHER TWICE-TOLD TALES.
BOSTON:
TICKNOR, REED, AND FIELDS.
M DCCC LII.

-- --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1851, by
Nathaniel Hawthorne,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the District of Massachusetts.
Stereotyped by
HOBART & ROBBINS,
BOSTON.

-- --

PREFACE. TO HORATIO BRIDGE, ESQ., U. S. N.
My dear Bridge:

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

Some of the more crabbed of my critics, I understand, have
pronounced your friend egotistical, indiscreet, and even impertinent,
on account of the Prefaces and Introductions with which,
on several occasions, he has seen fit to pave the reader's way
into the interior edifice of a book. In the justice of this censure
I do not exactly concur, for the reasons, on the one hand,
that the public generally has negatived the idea of undue
freedom on the author's part, by evincing, it seems to me,
rather more interest in these aforesaid Introductions than in the
stories which followed, — and that, on the other hand, with
whatever appearance of confidential intimacy, I have been
especially careful to make no disclosures respecting myself
which the most indifferent observer might not have been
acquainted with, and which I was not perfectly willing that
my worst enemy should know. I might further justify myself,
on the plea that, ever since my youth, I have been addressing
a very limited circle of friendly readers, without much danger
of being overheard by the public at large; and that the habits
thus acquired might pardonably continue, although strangers
may have begun to mingle with my audience.

But the charge, I am bold to say, is not a reasonable one, in
any view which we can fairly take of it. There is no harm,
but, on the contrary, good, in arraying some of the ordinary
facts of life in a slightly idealized and artistic guise. I have
taken facts which relate to myself, because they chance to be
nearest at hand, and likewise are my own property. And, as

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

for egotism, a person, who has been burrowing, to his utmost
ability, into the depths of our common nature, for the purposes
of psychological romance, — and who pursues his researches in
that dusky region, as he needs must, as well by the tact of
sympathy as by the light of observation, — will smile at incurring
such an imputation in virtue of a little preliminary talk
about his external habits, his abode, his casual associates, and
other matters entirely upon the surface. These things hide
the man, instead of displaying him. You must make quite
another kind of inquest, and look through the whole range of
his fictitious characters, good and evil, in order to detect any
of his essential traits.

Be all this as it may, there can be no question as to the propriety
of my inscribing this volume of earlier and later sketches
to you, and pausing here, a few moments, to speak of them, as
friend speaks to friend; still being cautious, however, that the
public and the critics shall overhear nothing which we care
about concealing. On you, if on no other person, I am entitled
to rely, to sustain the position of my Dedicatee. If anybody
is responsible for my being at this day an author, it is yourself.
I know not whence your faith came; but, while we
were lads together at a country college, — gathering blue-berries,
in study-hours, under those tall academic pines; or
watching the great logs, as they tumbled along the current of
the Androscoggin; or shooting pigeons and gray squirrels in
the woods; or bat-fowling in the summer twilight; or catching
trouts in that shadowy little stream which, I suppose, is still
wandering riverward through the forest, — though you and I will
never cast a line in it again, — two idle lads, in short (as we
need not fear to acknowledge now), doing a hundred things
that the Faculty never heard of, or else it had been the worse
for us, — still it was your prognostic of your friend's destiny,
that he was to be a writer of fiction.

And a fiction-monger, in due season, he became. But, was
there ever such a weary delay in obtaining the slightest recognition
from the public, as in my case? I sat down by the

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

wayside of life, like a man under enchantment, and a shrubbery
sprung up around me, and the bushes grew to be saplings, and
the saplings became trees, until no exit appeared possible,
through the entangling depths of my obscurity. And there,
perhaps, I should be sitting at this moment, with the moss on
the imprisoning tree-trunks, and the yellow leaves of more
than a score of autumns piled above me, if it had not been for
you. For it was through your interposition, — and that, moreover,
unknown to himself, — that your early friend was brought
before the public, somewhat more prominently than theretofore,
in the first volume of Twice-told Tales. Not a publisher
in America, I presume, would have thought well enough of
my forgotten or never noticed stories, to risk the expense of
print and paper; nor do I say this with any purpose of casting
odium on the respectable fraternity of book-sellers, for their
blindness to my wonderful merit. To confess the truth, I
doubted of the public recognition quite as much as they could
do. So much the more generous was your confidence; and
knowing, as I do, that it was founded on old friendship rather
than cold criticism, I value it only the more for that.

So, now, when I turn back upon my path, lighted by a transitory
gleam of public favor, to pick up a few articles which
were left out of my former collections, I take pleasure in making
them the memorial of our very long and unbroken connection.
Some of these sketches were among the earliest that I
wrote, and, after lying for years in manuscript, they at last
skulked into the Annuals or Magazines, and have hidden themselves
there ever since. Others were the productions of a later
period; others, again, were written recently. The comparison
of these various trifles — the indices of intellectual condition
at far separated epochs — affects me with a singular
complexity of regrets. I am disposed to quarrel with the earlier
sketches, both because a mature judgment discerns so many
faults, and still more because they come so nearly up to the
standard of the best that I can achieve now. The ripened
autumnal fruit tastes but little better than the early windfalls.

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

It would, indeed, be mortifying to believe that the summer-time
of life has passed away, without any greater progress and
improvement than is indicated here. But, — at least, so I would
fain hope, — these things are scarcely to be depended upon, as
measures of the intellectual and moral man. In youth, men
are apt to write more wisely than they really know or feel;
and the remainder of life may be not idly spent in realizing
and convincing themselves of the wisdom which they uttered
long ago. The truth that was only in the fancy then may
have since become a substance in the mind and heart.

I have nothing further, I think, to say; unless it be that the
public need not dread my again trespassing on its kindness,
with any more of these musty and mouse-nibbled leaves of old
periodicals, transformed, by the magic arts of my friendly publishers,
into a new book. These are the last. Or, if a few
still remain, they are either such as no paternal partiality could
induce the author to think worth preserving, or else they have
got into some very dark and dusty hiding-place, quite out of my
own remembrance and whence no researches can avail to unearth
them. So there let them rest.

Very sincerely yours,
N. H.
Lenox, November 1st, 1851.

-- --

CONTENTS.

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]


The Snow-Image: a Childish Miracle 18

The Great Stone Face 36

Main-street 63

Ethan Brand 102

A Bell's Biography 125

Sylph Etherege 134

The Canterbury Pilgrims 145

Old News 159


I. 159

II. — The Old French War 170

III. — The Old Tory 184


The Man of Adamant: an Apologue 193

The Devil in Manuscript 203

John Inglefield's Thanksgiving 213

Old Ticonderoga: a Picture of the Past 221

The Wives of the Dead 228

Little Daffydowndilly 237

Major Molineux 247

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

Main text

-- --

THE SNOW-IMAGE: A CHILDISH MIRACLE.

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

One afternoon of a cold winter's day, when the sun
shone forth with chilly brightness, after a long storm,
two children asked leave of their mother to run out and
play in the new-fallen snow. The elder child was a
little girl, whom, because she was of a tender and
modest disposition, and was thought to be very beautiful,
her parents, and other people who were familiar
with her, used to call Violet. But her brother was
known by the style and title of Peony, on account of
the ruddiness of his broad and round little phiz, which
made everybody think of sunshine and great scarlet
flowers. The father of these two children, a certain
Mr. Lindsey, it is important to say, was an excellent
but exceedingly matter-of-fact sort of man, a dealer in
hardware, and was sturdily accustomed to take what
is called the common-sense view of all matters that
came under his consideration. With a heart about as
tender as other people's, he had a head as hard and
impenetrable, and therefore, perhaps, as empty, as one
of the iron pots which it was a part of his business to
sell. The mother's character, on the other hand, had a
strain of poetry in it, a trait of unworldly beauty, — a

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

delicate and dewy flower, as it were, that had survived
out of her imaginative youth, and still kept itself alive
amid the dusty realities of matrimony and motherhood.

So, Violet and Peony, as I began with saying,
besought their mother to let them run out and play
in the new snow; for, though it had looked so dreary
and dismal, drifting downward out of the gray sky, it
had a very cheerful aspect, now that the sun was
shining on it. The children dwelt in a city, and had
no wider play-place than a little garden before the
house, divided by a white fence from the street, and
with a pear-tree and two or three plum-trees overshadowing
it, and some rose-bushes just in front of the
parlor windows. The trees and shrubs, however, were
now leafless, and their twigs were enveloped in the light
snow, which thus made a kind of wintry foliage, with
here and there a pendent icicle for the fruit.

“Yes, Violet, — yes, my little Peony,” said their kind
mother; “you may go out and play in the new snow.”

Accordingly, the good lady bundled up her darlings in
woollen jackets and wadded sacks, and put comforters
round their necks, and a pair of striped gaiters on each
little pair of legs, and worsted mittens on their hands,
and gave them a kiss apiece, by way of a spell to keep
away Jack Frost. Forth sallied the two children, with
a hop-skip-and-jump, that carried them at once into the
very heart of a huge snow-drift, whence Violet emerged
like a snow-bunting, while little Peony floundered out
with his round face in full bloom. Then what a merry
time had they! To look at them, frolicking in the wintry
garden, you would have thought that the dark and

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

pitiless storm had been sent for no other purpose but to
provide a new plaything for Violet and Peony; and that
they themselves had been created, as the snow-birds
were, to take delight only in the tempest, and in the
white mantle which it spread over the earth.

At last, when they had frosted one another all over
with handfuls of snow, Violet, after laughing heartily at
little Peony's figure, was struck with a new idea.

“You look exactly like a snow-image, Peony,” said
she, “if your cheeks were not so red. And that puts
me in mind! Let us make an image out of snow, — an
image of a little girl, — and it shall be our sister, and
shall run about and play with us all winter long.
Won't it be nice?”

“O, yes!” cried Peony, as plainly as he could
speak, for he was but a little boy. “That will be nice!
And mamma shall see it!”

“Yes,” answered Violet; “mamma shall see the new
little girl. But she must not make her come into the
warm parlor; for, you know, our little snow-sister will
not love the warmth.”

And forthwith the children began this great business
of making a snow-image that should run about; while
their mother, who was sitting at the window and over-heard
some of their talk, could not help smiling at the
gravity with which they set about it. They really
seemed to imagine that there would be no difficulty
whatever in creating a live little girl out of the snow.
And, to say the truth, if miracles are ever to be wrought,
it will be by putting our hands to the work in precisely
such a simple and undoubting frame of mind as that in
which Violet and Peony now undertook to perform one,

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

without so much as knowing that it was a miracle. So
thought the mother; and thought, likewise, that the new
snow, just fallen from heaven, would be excellent material
to make new beings of, if it were not so very cold.
She gazed at the children a moment longer, delighting
to watch their little figures, — the girl, tall for her age,
graceful and agile, and so delicately colored that she
looked like a cheerful thought, more than a physical
reality, — while Peony expanded in breadth rather than
height, and rolled along on his short and sturdy legs, as
substantial as an elephant, though not quite so big.
Then the mother resumed her work. What it was I
forget; but she was either trimming a silken bonnet for
Violet, or darning a pair of stockings for little Peony's
short legs. Again, however, and again, and yet other
agains, she could not help turning her head to the window,
to see how the children got on with their snow-image.

Indeed, it was an exceedingly pleasant sight, those
bright little souls at their tasks! Moreover, it was
really wonderful to observe how knowingly and skilfully
they managed the matter. Violet assumed the chief
direction, and told Peony what to do, while, with her
own delicate fingers, she shaped out all the nicer parts
of the snow-figure. It seemed, in fact, not so much to
be made by the children, as to grow up under their
hands, while they were playing and prattling about it.
Their mother was quite surprised at this; and the longer
she looked, the more and more surprised she grew.

“What remarkable children mine are!” thought she,
smiling with a mother's pride; and smiling at herself,
too, for being so proud of them. “What other children

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

could have made anything so like a little girl's figure
out of snow, at the first trial? Well; — but now I must
finish Peony's new frock, for his grandfather is coming
to-morrow, and I want the little fellow to look handsome.”

So she took up the frock, and was soon as busily at
work again with her needle as the two children with
their snow-image. But still, as the needle travelled
hither and thither through the seams of the dress, the
mother made her toil light and happy by listening to the
airy voices of Violet and Peony. They kept talking to
one another all the time, their tongues being quite as
active as their feet and hands. Except at intervals, she
could not distinctly hear what was said, but had merely
a sweet impression that they were in a most loving
mood, and were enjoying themselves highly, and that
the business of making the snow-image went prosperously
on. Now and then, however, when Violet and
Peony happened to raise their voices, the words were as
audible as if they had been spoken in the very parlor,
where the mother sat. O, how delightfully those words
echoed in her heart, even though they meant nothing so
very wise or wonderful, after all!

But you must know a mother listens with her heart,
much more than with her ears; and thus she is often
delighted with the trills of celestial music, when other
people can hear nothing of the kind.

“Peony, Peony!” cried Violet to her brother, who
had gone to another part of the garden, “bring me some
of that fresh snow, Peony, from the very furthest corner,
where we have not been trampling. I want it to shape

-- 018 --

p578-025 [figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

our little snow-sister's bosom with. You know that part
must be quite pure, just as it came out of the sky!”

“Here it is, Violet!” answered Peony, in his bluff
tone, — but a very sweet tone, too, — as he came floundering
through the half-trodden drifts. “Here is the
snow for her little bosom. O, Violet, how beau-ti-ful
she begins to look!”

“Yes,” said Violet, thoughtfully and quietly; “our
snow-sister does look very lovely. I did not quite know,
Peony, that we could make such a sweet little girl as
this.”

The mother, as she listened, thought how fit and
delightful an incident it would be, if fairies, or, still
better, if angel-children were to come from paradise, and
play invisibly with her own darlings, and help them to
make their snow-image, giving it the features of celestial
babyhood! Violet and Peony would not be aware
of their immortal playmates, — only they would see that
the image grew very beautiful while they worked at it,
and would think that they themselves had done it all.

“My little girl and boy deserve such playmates, if
mortal children ever did!” said the mother to herself;
and then she smiled again at her own motherly pride.

Nevertheless, the idea seized upon her imagination;
and, ever and anon, she took a glimpse out of the window,
half dreaming that she might see the golden-haired
children of paradise sporting with her own
golden-haired
Violet and bright-cheeked Peony.

Now, for a few moments, there was a busy and
earnest, but indistinct hum of the two children's voices,
as Violet and Peony wrought together with one happy
consent. Violet still seemed to be the guiding spirit;

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

while Peony acted rather as a laborer, and brought her
the snow from far and near. And yet the little urchin
evidently had a proper understanding of the matter,
too!

“Peony, Peony!” cried Violet; for her brother was
again at the other side of the garden. “Bring me those
light wreaths of snow that have rested on the lower
branches of the pear-tree. You can clamber on the
snow-drift, Peony, and reach them easily. I must have
them to make some ringlets for our snow-sister's head!”

“Here they are, Violet!” answered the little boy.
“Take care you do not break them. Well done! Well
done! How pretty!”

“Does she not look sweetly?” said Violet, with a very
satisfied tone; “and now we must have some little
shining bits of ice, to make the brightness of her eyes.
She is not finished yet. Mamma will see how very
beautiful she is; but papa will say, `Tush! nonsense!—
come in out of the cold!”'

“Let us call mamma to look out,” said Peony; and
then he shouted lustily, “Mamma! mamma!! mamma!!!
Look out, and see what a nice 'ittle girl we are
making!”

The mother put down her work, for an instant, and
looked out of the window. But it so happened that the
sun — for this was one of the shortest days of the whole
year — had sunken so nearly to the edge of the world
that his setting shine came obliquely into the lady's eyes.
So she was dazzled, you must understand, and could not
very distinctly observe what was in the garden. Still,
however, through all that bright, blinding dazzle of the
sun and the new snow, she beheld a small white figure

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

in the garden, that seemed to have a wonderful deal of
human likeness about it. And she saw Violet and
Peony, — indeed, she looked more at them than at the
image, — she saw the two children still at work; Peony
bringing fresh snow, and Violet applying it to the figure
as scientifically as a sculptor adds clay to his model.
Indistinctly as she discerned the snow-child, the mother
thought to herself that never before was there a snow-figure
so cunningly made, nor ever such a dear little
girl and boy to make it.

“They do everything better than other children,” said
she, very complacently. “No wonder they make better
snow-images!”

She sat down again to her work, and made as much
haste with it as possible; because twilight would soon
come, and Peony's frock was not yet finished, and grandfather
was expected, by railroad, pretty early in the
morning. Faster and faster, therefore, went her flying
fingers. The children, likewise, kept busily at work in
the garden, and still the mother listened, whenever she
could catch a word. She was amused to observe how
their little imaginations had got mixed up with what
they were doing, and were carried away by it. They
seemed positively to think that the snow-child would run
about and play with them.

“What a nice playmate she will be for us, all winter
long!” said Violet. “I hope papa will not be afraid of
her giving us a cold! Shan't you love her dearly,
Peony?”

“O, yes!” cried Peony. “And I will hug her, and
she shall sit down close by me, and drink some of my
warm milk!”

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

“O no, Peony!” answered Violet, with grave wisdom.
“That will not do at all. Warm milk will not
be wholesome for our little snow-sister. Little snow-people,
like her, eat nothing but icicles. No, no, Peony;
we must not give her anything warm to drink!”

There was a minute or two of silence; for Peony,
whose short legs were never weary, had gone on a pilgrimage
again to the other side of the garden. All of
a sudden, Violet cried out, loudly and joyfully,

“Look here, Peony! Come quickly! A light has
been shining on her cheek out of that rose-colored cloud!
and the color does not go away! Is not that beautiful?”

“Yes; it is beau-ti-ful,” answered Peony, pronouncing
the three syllables with deliberate accuracy. “O,
Violet, only look at her hair! It is all like gold!”

“O, certainly,” said Violet, with tranquillity, as if it
were very much a matter of course. “That color, you
know, comes from the golden clouds, that we see up there
in the sky. She is almost finished now. But her lips
must be made very red, — redder than her cheeks. Perhaps
Peony, it will make them red, if we both kiss
them!”

Accordingly, the mother heard two smart little smacks,
as if both her children were kissing the snow-image on
its frozen mouth. But, as this did not seem to make the
lips quite red enough, Violet next proposed that the
snow-child should be invited to kiss Peony's scarlet
cheek.

“Come, 'ittle snow-sister, kiss me!” cried Peony.

“There! she has kissed you,” added Violet, “and

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

now her lips are very red. And she blushed a little,
too!”

“O, what a cold kiss!” cried Peony.

Just then, there came a breeze of the pure west wind,
sweeping through the garden and rattling the parlor
windows. It sounded so wintry cold, that the mother
was about to tap on the window-pane with her thumbled
finger, to summon the two children in, when they both
cried out to her with one voice. The tone was not a
tone of surprise, although they were evidently a good
deal excited; it appeared rather as if they were very
much rejoiced at some event that had now happened,
but which they had been looking for, and had reckoned
upon all along.

“Mamma! mamma! We have finished our little
snow-sister, and she is running about the garden with
us!”

“What imaginative little beings my children are!”
thought the mother, putting the last few stitches into
Peony's frock. “And it is strange, too, that they make
me almost as much a child as they themselves are! I
can hardly help believing, now, that the snow-image has
really come to life!”

“Dear mamma!” cried Violet, “pray look out, and
see what a sweet playmate we have!”

The mother, being thus entreated, could no longer
delay to look forth from the window. The sun was now
gone out of the sky, leaving, however, a rich inheritance
of his brightness among those purple and golden clouds
which make the sunsets of winter so magnificent. But
there was not the slightest gleam or dazzle, either on
the window or on the snow; so that the good lady could

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

look all over the garden, and see everything and everybody
in it. And what do you think she saw there?
Violet and Peony, of course, her own two darling children.
Ah, but whom or what did she besides? Why, if
you will believe me, there was a small figure of a girl,
dressed all in white, with rose-tinged cheeks and ringlets
of golden hue, playing about the garden with the
two children! A stranger though she was, the child
seemed to be on as familiar terms with Violet and Peony,
and they with her, as if all the three had been playmates
during the whole of their little lives. The mother
thought to herself that it must certainly be the daughter
of one of the neighbors, and that, seeing Violet and
Peony in the garden, the child had run across the street
to play with them. So this kind lady went to the door,
intending to invite the little runaway into her comfortable
parlor; for, now that the sunshine was withdrawn,
the atmosphere, out of doors, was already growing very
cold.

But, after opening the house-door, she stood an instant
on the threshold, hesitating whether she ought to ask the
child to come in, or whether she should even speak to
her. Indeed, she almost doubted whether it were a real
child, after all, or only a light wreath of the new-fallen
snow, blown hither and thither about the garden by the
intensely cold west wind. There was certainly something
very singular in the aspect of the little stranger.
Among all the children of the neighborhood, the lady
could remember no such face, with its pure white, and
delicate rose-color, and the golden ringlets tossing about
the forehead and cheeks. And as for her dress, which
was entirely of white, and fluttering in the breeze, it was

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

such as no reasonable woman would put upon a little
girl, when sending her out to play, in the depth of winter.
It made this kind and careful mother shiver only
to look at those small feet, with nothing in the world on
them, except a very thin pair of white slippers. Nevertheless,
airily as she was clad, the child seemed to feel
not the slightest inconvenience from the cold, but danced
so lightly over the snow that the tips of her toes left
hardly a print in its surface; while Violet could but just
keep pace with her, and Peony's short legs compelled
him to lag behind.

Once, in the course of their play, the strange child
placed herself between Violet and Peony, and taking a
hand of each, skipped merrily forward, and they along
with her. Almost immediately, however, Peony pulled
away his little fist, and began to rub it as if the fingers
were tingling with cold; while Violet also released herself,
though with less abruptness, gravely remarking that
it was better not to take hold of hands. The white-robed
damsel said not a word, but danced about, just as
merrily as before. If Violet and Peony did not choose
to play with her, she could make just as good a playmate
of the brisk and cold west wind, which kept blowing her
all about the garden, and took such liberties with her,
that they seemed to have been friends for a long time.
All this while, the mother stood on the threshold, wondering
how a little girl could look so much like a flying
snow-drift, or how a snow-drift could look so very like a
little girl.

She called Violet, and whispered to her.

“Violet, my darling, what is this child's name?”
asked she. “Does she live near us?”

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

“Why, dearest mamma,” answered Violet, laughing
to think that her mother did not comprehend so very
plain an affair, “this is our little snow-sister, whom we
have just been making!”

“Yes, dear mamma,” cried Peony, running to his
mother, and looking up simply into her face. “This is
our snow-image! Is it not a nice 'ittle child?”

At this instant a flock of snow-birds came flitting
through the air. As was very natural, they avoided
Violet and Peony. But, — and this looked strange, —
they flew at once to the white-robed child, fluttered
eagerly about her head, alighted on her shoulders, and
seemed to claim her as an old acquaintance. She, on
her part, was evidently as glad to see these little birds,
old Winter's grandchildren, as they were to see her, and
welcomed them by holding out both her hands. Here-upon,
they each and all tried to alight on her two palms
and ten small fingers and thumbs, crowding one another
off, with an immense fluttering of their tiny wings. One
dear little bird nestled tenderly in her bosom; another
put its bill to her lips. They were as joyous, all the
while, and seemed as much in their element, as you may
have seen them when sporting with a snow-storm.

Violet and Peony stood laughing at this pretty sight;
for they enjoyed the merry time which their new playmate
was having with these small-winged visitants,
almost as much as if they themselves took part in it.

“Violet,” said her mother, greatly perplexed, “tell me
the truth, without any jest. Who is this little girl?”

“My darling mamma,” answered Violet, looking seriously
into her mother's face, and apparently surprised
that she should need any further explanation, “I have

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

told you truly who she is. It is our little snow-image,
which Peony and I have been making. Peony will tell
you so, as well as I.”

“Yes, mamma,” asseverated Peony, with much gravity
in his crimson little phiz; “this is 'ittle snow-child.
Is not she a nice one? But, mamma, her hand is, oh,
so very cold!”

While mamma still hesitated what to think and what
to do, the street-gate was thrown open, and the father of
Violet and Peony appeared, wrapped in a pilot-cloth
sack, with a fur cap drawn down over his ears, and the
thickest of gloves upon his hands. Mr. Lindsey was a
middle-aged man, with a weary and yet a happy look
in his wind-flushed and frost-pinched face, as if he had
been busy all the day long, and was glad to get back to
his quiet home. His eyes brightened at the sight of his
wife and children, although he could not help uttering a
word or two of surprise, at finding the whole family in
the open air, on so bleak a day, and after sunset too. He
soon perceived the little white stranger, sporting to and
fro in the garden, like a dancing snow-wreath, and the
flock of snow-birds fluttering about her head.

“Pray, what little girl may that be?” inquired this
very sensible man. “Surely her mother must be crazy,
to let her go out in such bitter weather as it has been
to-day, with only that flimsy white gown, and those thin
slippers!”

“My dear husband,” said his wife, “I know no more
about the little thing than you do. Some neighbor's
child, I suppose. Our Violet and Peony,” she added,
laughing at herself for repeating so absurd a story,
“insist that she is nothing but a snow-image, which they

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

have been busy about in the garden, almost all the afternoon.”

As she said this, the mother glanced her eyes toward
the spot where the children's snow-image had been made.
What was her surprise, on perceiving that there was not
the slightest trace of so much labor! — no image at all!—
no piled-up heap of snow! — nothing whatever, save
the prints of little footsteps around a vacant space!

“This is very strange!” said she.

“What is strange, dear mother?” asked Violet.
“Dear father, do not you see how it is? This is our
snow-image, which Peony and I have made, because we
wanted another playmate. Did not we, Peony?”

“Yes, papa,” said crimson Peony. “This be our
'ittle snow-sister. Is she not beau-ti-ful? But she gave
me such a cold kiss!”

“Poh, nonsense, children!” cried their good, honest
father, who, as we have already intimated, had an exceedingly
common-sensible way of looking at matters.
“Do not tell me of making live figures out of snow.
Come, wife; this little stranger must not stay out in the
bleak air a moment longer. We will bring her into the
parlor; and you shall give her a supper of warm bread
and milk, and make her as comfortable as you can.
Meanwhile, I will inquire among the neighbors; or, if
necessary, send the city-crier about the streets, to give
notice of a lost child.”

So saying, this honest and very kind-hearted man
was going toward the little white damsel, with the best
intentions in the world. But Violet and Peony, each
seizing their father by the hand, earnestly besought him
not to make her come in.

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

“Dear father,” cried Violet, putting herself before
him, “it is true what I have been telling you! This is
our little snow-girl, and she cannot live any longer than
while she breathes the cold west wind. Do not make
her come into the hot room!”

“Yes, father,” shouted Peony, stamping his little foot,
so mightily was he in earnest, “this be nothing but our
'ittle snow-child! She will not love the hot fire!”

“Nonsense, children, nonsense, nonsense!” cried the
father, half vexed, half laughing at what he considered
their foolish obstinacy. “Run into the house, this
moment! It is too late to play any longer, now. I
must take care of this little girl immediately, or she will
catch her death-a-cold!”

“Husband! dear husband!” said his wife, in a low
voice, — for she had been looking narrowly at the snow-child,
and was more perplexed than ever, — “there is
something very singular in all this. You will think me
foolish, — but — but — may it not be that some invisible
angel has been attracted by the simplicity and good faith
with which our children set about their undertaking?
May he not have spent an hour of his immortality in
playing with those dear little souls? and so the result is
what we call a miracle. No, no! Do not laugh at me;
I see what a foolish thought it is!”

“My dear wife,” replied the husband, laughing heartily,
“you are as much a child as Violet and Peony.”

And in one sense so she was, for all through life she
had kept her heart full of childlike simplicity and faith,
which was as pure and clear as crystal; and, looking at all
matters through this transparent medium, she sometimes

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

saw truths so profound, that other people laughed at
them as nonsense and absurdity.

But now kind Mr. Lindsey had entered the garden,
breaking away from his two children, who still sent their
shrill voices after him, beseeching him to let the snow-child
stay and enjoy herself in the cold west wind. As
he approached, the snow-birds took to flight. The little
white damsel, also, fled backward, shaking her head, as
if to say, “Pray, do not touch me!” and roguishly, as it
appeared, leading him through the deepest of the snow.
Once, the good man stumbled, and floundered down
upon his face, so that, gathering himself up again, with
the snow sticking to his rough pilot-cloth sack, he
looked as white and wintry as a snow-image of the
largest size. Some of the neighbors, meanwhile, seeing
him from their windows, wondered what could possess
poor Mr. Lindsey to be running about his garden in
pursuit of a snow-drift, which the west wind was driving
hither and thither! At length, after a vast deal of
trouble, he chased the little stranger into a corner, where
she could not possibly escape him. His wife had been
looking on, and, it being nearly twilight, was wonder-struck
to observe how the snow-child gleamed and
sparkled, and how she seemed to shed a glow all round
about her; and when driven into the corner, she positively
glistened like a star! It was a frosty kind of
brightness, too, like that of an icicle in the moonlight.
The wife thought it strange that good Mr. Lindsey
should see nothing remarkable in the snow-child's
appearance.

“Come, you odd little thing!” cried the honest man,
seizing her by the hand, “I have caught you at last, and

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

will make you comfortable in spite of yourself. We will
put a nice warm pair of worsted stockings on your
frozen little feet, and you shall have a good thick shawl
to wrap yourself in. Your poor white nose, I am afraid,
is actually frost-bitten. But we will make it all right.
Come along in.”

And so, with a most benevolent smile on his sagacious
visage, all purple as it was with the cold, this very well-meaning
gentleman took the snow-child by the hand and
led her towards the house. She followed him, droopingly
and reluctant; for all the glow and sparkle was
gone out of her figure; and whereas just before she had
resembled a bright, frosty, star-gemmed evening, with a
crimson gleam on the cold horizon, she now looked as
dull and languid as a thaw. As kind Mr. Lindsey led
her up the steps of the door, Violet and Peony looked
into his face, — their eyes full of tears, which froze
before they could run down their cheeks, — and again
entreated him not to bring their snow-image into the
house.

“Not bring her in!” exclaimed the kind-hearted man.
“Why, you are crazy, my little Violet! — quite crazy,
my small Peony! She is so cold, already, that her
hand has almost frozen mine, in spite of my thick
gloves. Would you have her freeze to death?”

His wife, as he came up the steps, had been taking
another long, earnest, almost awe-stricken gaze at the
little white stranger. She hardly knew whether it was
a dream or no; but she could not help fancying that she
saw the delicate print of Violet's fingers on the child's
neck. It looked just as if, while Violet was shaping out
the image, she had given it a gentle pat with her hand,

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

and had neglected to smooth the impression quite
away.

“After all, husband,” said the mother, recurring to
her idea that the angels would be as much delighted to
play with Violet and Peony as she herself was, “after
all, she does look strangely like a snow-image! I do
believe she is made of snow!”

A puff of the west wind blew against the snow-child,
and again she sparkled like a star.

“Snow!” repeated good Mr. Lindsey, drawing the
reluctant guest over his hospitable threshold. “No
wonder she looks like snow. She is half frozen, poor
little thing! But a good fire will put everything to
rights.”

Without further talk, and always with the same best
intentions, this highly benevolent and common-sensible
individual led the little white damsel — drooping, drooping,
drooping, more and more — out of the frosty air,
and into his comfortable parlor. A Heidenberg stove,
filled to the brim with intensely burning anthracite, was
sending a bright gleam through the isinglass of its iron
door, and causing the vase of water on its top to fume
and bubble with excitement. A warm, sultry smell was
diffused throughout the room. A thermometer on the
wall furthest from the stove stood at eighty degrees.
The parlor was hung with red curtains, and covered
with a red carpet, and looked just as warm as it felt.
The difference betwixt the atmosphere here and the cold,
wintry twilight out of doors, was like stepping at once
from Nova Zembla to the hottest part of India, or from
the North Pole into an oven. O, this was a fine place
for the little white stranger!

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

The common-sensible man placed the snow-child on
the hearth-rug, right in front of the hissing and fuming
stove.

“Now she will be comfortable!” cried Mr. Lindsey,
rubbing his hands and looking about him, with the
pleasantest smile you ever saw. “Make yourself at
home, my child.”

Sad, sad and drooping, looked the little white maiden,
as she stood on the hearth-rug, with the hot blast of the
stove striking through her like a pestilence. Once, she
threw a glance wistfully toward the windows, and
caught a glimpse, through its red curtains, of the snowcovered
roofs, and the stars glimmering frostily, and all
the delicious intensity of the cold night. The bleak
wind rattled the window-panes, as if it were summoning
her to come forth. But there stood the snow-child,
drooping, before the hot stove!

But the common-sensible man saw nothing amiss.

“Come, wife,” said he, “let her have a pair of thick
stockings and a woollen shawl or blanket directly; and
tell Dora to give her some warm supper as soon as
the milk boils. You, Violet and Peony, amuse your
little friend. She is out of spirits, you see, at finding
herself in a strange place. For my part, I will go
around among the neighbors, and find out where she
belongs.”

The mother, meanwhile, had gone in search of the
shawl and stockings; for her own view of the matter,
however subtle and delicate, had given way, as it
always did, to the stubborn materialism of her husband.
Without heeding the remonstrances of his two children,
who still kept murmuring that their little snow-sister

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

did not love the warmth, good Mr. Lindsey took his
departure, shutting the parlor door carefully behind him.
Turning up the collar of his sack over his ears, he
emerged from the house, and had barely reached the
street-gate, when he was recalled by the screams of
Violet and Peony, and the rapping of a thimbled finger
against the parlor window.

“Husband! husband!” cried his wife, showing her
horror-stricken face through the window-panes. “There
is no need of going for the child's parents!”

“We told you so, father!” screamed Violet and Peony,
as he reëntered the parlor. “You would bring her in;
and now our poor — dear — beau-ti-ful little snow-sister
is thawed!”

And their own sweet little faces were already dissolved
in tears; so that their father, seeing what strange
things occasionally happen in this every-day world, felt
not a little anxious lest his children might be going to
thaw too! In the utmost perplexity, he demanded an
explanation of his wife. She could only reply, that,
being summoned to the parlor by the cries of Violet and
Peony, she found no trace of the little white maiden,
unless it were the remains of a heap of snow, which,
while she was gazing at it, melted quite away upon the
hearth-rug.

“And there you see all that is left of it!” added she,
pointing to a pool of water, in front of the stove.

“Yes, father,” said Violet, looking reproachfully at
him, through her tears, “there is all that is left of our
dear little snow-sister!”

“Naughty father!” cried Peony, stamping his foot,
and — I shudder to say — shaking his little fist at the

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

common-sensible man. “We told you how it would be
What for did you bring her in?”

And the Heidenberg stove, through the isinglass of its
door, seemed to glare at good Mr. Lindsey, like a redeyed
demon, triumphing in the mischief which it had
done!

This, you will observe, was one of those rare cases,
which yet will occasionally happen, where common-sense
finds itself at fault. The remarkable story of the
snow-image, though to that sagacious class of people to
whom good Mr. Lindsey belongs it may seem but a
childish affair, is, nevertheless, capable of being moralized
in various methods, greatly for their edification.
One of its lessons, for instance, might be, that it
behooves men, and especially men of benevolence, to
consider well what they are about, and, before acting on
their philanthropic purposes, to be quite sure that they
comprehend the nature and all the relations of the business
in hand. What has been established as an element
of good to one being may prove absolute mischief to
another; even as the warmth of the parlor was proper
enough for children of flesh and blood, like Violet and
Peony, — though by no means very wholesome, even for
them, — but involved nothing short of annihilation to
the unfortunate snow-image.

But, after all, there is no teaching anything to wise
men of good Mr. Lindsey's stamp. They know everything—
oh, to be sure! — everything that has been, and
everything that is, and everything that, by any future
possibility, can be. And, should some phenomenon of
nature or providence transcend their system, they will

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

not recognize it, even if it come to pass under their very
noses.

“Wife,” said Mr. Lindsey, after a fit of silence, “see
what a quantity of snow the children have brought in on
their feet! It has made quite a puddle here before the
stove. Pray tell Dora to bring some towels and sop it
up!”

-- 036 --

p578-043 THE GREAT STONE FACE.

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

One afternoon, when the sun was going down, a
mother and her little boy sat at the door of their cottage,
talking about the Great Stone Face. They had but to
lift their eyes, and there it was plainly to be seen,
though miles away, with the sunshine brightening all its
features.

And what was the Great Stone Face?

Embosomed amongst a family of lofty mountains, there
was a valley so spacious that it contained many thousand
inhabitants. Some of these good people dwelt in log
huts, with the black forest all around them, on the steep
and difficult hill-sides. Others had their homes in comfortable
farm-houses, and cultivated the rich soil on the
gentle slopes or level surfaces of the valley. Others,
again, were congregated into populous villages, where
some wild, highland virulet, tumbling down from its
birthplace in the upper mountain region, had been caught
and tamed by human cunning, and compelled to turn
the machinery of cotton factories. The inhabitants of
this valley, in short, were numerous, and of many modes
of life. But all of them, grown people and children,
had a kind of familiarity with the Great Stone Face,
although some possessed the gift of distinguishing this
grand natural phenomenon more perfectly than many of
their neighbors.

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

The Great Stone Face, then, was a work of Nature
in her mood of majestic playfulness, formed on the perpendicular
side of a mountain by some immense rocks,
which had been thrown together in such a position as,
when viewed at a proper distance, precisely to resemble
the features of the human countenance. It seemed as
if an enormous giant, or a Titan, had sculptured his own
likeness on the precipice. There was the broad arch of
the forehead, a hundred feet in height; the nose, with its
long bridge; and the vast lips, which, if they could have
spoken, would have rolled their thunder accents from one
end of the valley to the other. True it is, that if the
spectator approached too near, he lost the outline of the
gigantic visage, and could discern only a heap of ponderous
and gigantic rocks, piled in chaotic ruin one upon
another. Retracing his steps, however, the wondrous
features would again be seen; and the further he withdrew
from them, the more like a human face, with all
its original divinity intact, did they appear; until, as it
grew dim in the distance, with the clouds and glorified
vapor of the mountains clustering about it, the Great
Stone Face seemed positively to be alive.

It was a happy lot for children to grow up to manhood
or womanhood with the Great Stone Face before
their eyes, for all the features were noble, and the expression
was at once grand and sweet, as if it were the
glow of a vast, warm heart, that embraced all mankind
in its affections, and had room for more. It was an education
only to look at it. According to the belief of
many people, the valley owed much of its fertility to this
benign aspect that was continually beaming over it,

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

illuminating the clouds, and infusing its tenderness into the
sunshine.

As we began with saying, a mother and her little boy
sat at their cottage door, gazing at the Great Stone
Face, and talking about it. The child's name was
Ernest.

“Mother,” said he, while the Titanic visage smiled
on him, “I wish that it could speak, for it looks so very
kindly that its voice must needs be pleasant. If I were
to see a man with such a face, I should love him dearly.”

“If an old prophecy should come to pass,” answered
his mother, “we may see a man, some time or other,
with exactly such a face as that.”

“What prophecy do you mean, dear mother?”
eagerly inquired Ernest. “Pray tell me all about it!”

So his mother told him a story that her own mother
had told to her, when she herself was younger than little
Ernest; a story, not of things that were past, but of
what was yet to come; a story, nevertheless, so very
old, that even the Indians, who formerly inhabited this
valley, had heard it from their forefathers, to whom,
as they affirmed, it had been murmured by the mountain
streams, and whispered by the wind among the
tree-tops. The purport was, that, at some future day,
a child should be born hereabouts, who was destined to
become the greatest and noblest personage of his time,
and whose countenance, in manhood, should bear an
exact resemblance to the Great Stone Face. Not a few
old-fashioned people, and young ones likewise, in the
ardor of their hopes, still cherished an enduring faith in
this old prophecy. But others, who had seen more of
the world, had watched and waited till they were weary,

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

and had beheld no man with such a face, nor any man
that proved to be much greater or nobler than his neighbors,
concluded it to be nothing but an idle tale. At
all events, the great man of the prophecy had not yet
appeared.

“O, mother, dear mother!” cried Ernest, clapping
his hands above his head, “I do hope that I shall live to
see him!”

His mother was an affectionate and thoughtful woman,
and felt that it was wisest not to discourage the generous
hopes of her little boy. So she only said to him, “Perhaps
you may.”

And Ernest never forgot the story that his mother told
him. It was always in his mind, whenever he looked
upon the Great Stone Face. He spent his childhood in
the log-cottage where he was born, and was dutiful to
his mother, and helpful to her in many things, assisting
her much with his little hands, and more with his loving
heart. In this manner, from a happy yet often pensive
child, he grew up to be a mild, quiet, unobtrusive boy,
and sun-browned with labor in the fields, but with more
intelligence brightening his aspect than is seen in many
lads who have been taught at famous schools. Yet
Ernest had had no teacher, save only that the Great
Stone Face became one to him. When the toil of the
day was over, he would gaze at it for hours, until he
began to imagine that those vast features recognized
him, and gave him a smile of kindness and encouragement,
responsive to his own look of veneration. We
must not take upon us to affirm that this was a mistake,
although the Face may have looked no more kindly at
Ernest than at all the world besides. But the secret

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

was, that the boy's tender and confiding simplicity discerned
what other people could not see; and thus the
love, which was meant for all, became his peculiar portion.

About this time, there went a rumor throughout the
valley, that the great man, foretold from ages long ago,
who was to bear a resemblance to the Great Stone Face,
had appeared at last. It seems that, many years before,
a young man had migrated from the valley and settled
at a distant seaport, where, after getting together a little
money, he had set up as a shopkeeper. His name —
but I could never learn whether it was his real one, or a
nickname that had grown out of his habits and success
in life — was Gathergold. Being shrewd and active,
and endowed by Providence with that inscrutable faculty
which develops itself in what the world calls luck, he
became an exceedingly rich merchant, and owner of a
whole fleet of bulky-bottomed ships. All the countries
of the globe appeared to join hands for the mere purpose
of adding heap after heap to the mountainous accumulation
of this one man's wealth. The cold regions of
the north, almost within the gloom and shadow of the
Arctic Circle, sent him their tribute in the shape of furs;
hot Africa sifted for him the golden sands of her rivers,
and gathered up the ivory tusks of her great elephants
out of the forests; the East came bringing him the rich
shawls, and spices, and teas, and the effulgence of diamonds,
and the gleaming purity of large pearls. The
ocean, not to be behindhand with the earth, yielded up
her mighty whales, that Mr. Gathergold might sell their
oil, and make a profit on it. Be the original commodity
what it might, it was gold within his grasp. It might

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

be said of him, as of Midas in the fable, that whatever
he touched with his finger immediately glistened, and
grew yellow, and was changed at once into sterling
metal, or, which suited him still better, into piles of coin.
And, when Mr. Gathergold had become so very rich that
it would have taken him a hundred years only to count
his wealth, he bethought himself of his native valley,
and resolved to go back thither, and end his days where
he was born. With this purpose in view, he sent a
skilful architect to build him such a palace as should be
fit for a man of his vast wealth to live in.

As I have said above, it had already been rumored in
the valley that Mr. Gathergold had turned out to be the
prophetic personage so long and vainly looked for, and
that his visage was the perfect and undeniable similitude
of the Great Stone Face. People were the more ready
to believe that this must needs be the fact, when they
beheld the splendid edifice that rose, as if by enchantment,
on the site of his father's old weather-beaten
farm-house. The exterior was of marble, so dazzlingly
white that it seemed as though the whole structure
might melt away in the sunshine, like those humbler
ones which Mr. Gathergold, in his young play-days,
before his fingers were gifted with the touch of transmutation,
had been accustomed to build of snow. It had a
richly ornamented portico, supported by tall pillars, beneath
which was a lofty door, studded with silver knobs,
and made of a kind of variegated wood that had been
brought from beyond the sea. The windows, from the
floor to the ceiling of each stately apartment, were composed,
respectively, of but one enormous pane of glass,
so transparently pure that it was said to be a finer

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

medium than even the vacant atmosphere. Hardly anybody
had been permitted to see the interior of this
palace; but it was reported, and with good semblance
of truth, to be far more gorgeous than the outside, insomuch
that whatever was iron or brass in other houses,
was silver or gold in this; and Mr. Gathergold's bed-chamber,
especially, made such a glittering appearance
that no ordinary man would have been able to close his
eyes there. But, on the other hand, Mr. Gathergold was
now so inured to wealth, that perhaps he could not have
closed his eyes unless where the gleam of it was certain
to find its way beneath his eyelids.

In due time, the mansion was finished; next came the
upholsterers, with magnificent furniture; then, a whole
troop of black and white servants, the harbingers of
Mr. Gathergold, who, in his own majestic person, was
expected to arrive at sunset. Our friend Ernest, meanwhile,
had been deeply stirred by the idea that the great
man, the noble man, the man of prophecy, after so many
ages of delay, was at length to be made manifest to his
native valley. He knew, boy as he was, that there were
a thousand ways in which Mr. Gathergold, with his vast
wealth, might transform himself into an angel of beneficence,
and assume a control over human affairs as wide
and benignant as the smile of the Great Stone Face.
Full of faith and hope, Ernest doubted not that what the
people said was true, and that now he was to behold the
living likeness of those wondrous features on the mountain
side. While the boy was still gazing up the valley,
and fancying, as he always did, that the Great Stone
Face returned his gaze and looked kindly at him, the

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

rumbling of wheels was heard, approaching swiftly along
the winding road.

“Here he comes!” cried a group of people who were
assembled to witness the arrival. “Here comes the great
Mr. Gathergold!”

A carriage, drawn by four horses, dashed round the
turn of the road. Within it, thrust partly out of the window,
appeared the physiognomy of a little old man, with
a skin as yellow as if his own Midas-hand had transmuted
it. He had a low forehead, small, sharp eyes,
puckered about with innumerable wrinkles, and very thin
lips, which he made still thinner by pressing them forcibly
together.

“The very image of the Great Stone Face!” shouted
the people. “Sure enough, the old prophecy is true;
and here we have the great man come, at last!”

And, what greatly perplexed Ernest, they seemed
actually to believe that here was the likeness which they
spoke of. By the road-side there chanced to be an old beggar-woman
and two little beggar-children, stragglers from
some far-off region, who, as the carriage rolled onward,
held out their hands and lifted up their doleful voices,
most piteously beseeching charity. A yellow claw —
the very same that had clawed together so much wealth—
poked itself out of the coach-window, and dropt some
copper coins upon the ground; so that, though the great
man's name seems to have been Gathergold, he might
just as suitably have been nicknamed Scattercopper.
Still, nevertheless, with an earnest shout, and evidently
with as much good faith as ever, the people bellowed,

“He is the very image of the Great Stone Face!”

But Ernest turned sadly from the wrinkled

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

shrewdness of that sordid visage, and gazed up the valley,
where, amid a gathering mist, gilded by the last sunbeams,
he could still distinguish those glorious features
which had impressed themselves into his soul. Their
aspect cheered him. What did the benign lips seem to
say?

“He will come! Fear not, Ernest; the man will
come!”

The years went on, and Ernest ceased to be a boy.
He had grown to be a young man now. He attracted
little notice from the other inhabitants of the valley; for
they saw nothing remarkable in his way of life, save that,
when the labor of the day was over, he still loved to go
apart and gaze and meditate upon the Great Stone Face.
According to their idea of the matter, it was a folly,
indeed, but pardonable, inasmuch as Ernest was industrious,
kind, and neighborly, and neglected no duty for
the sake of indulging this idle habit. They knew not
that the Great Stone Face had become a teacher to him,
and that the sentiment which was expressed in it would
enlarge the young man's heart, and fill it with wider and
deeper sympathies than other hearts. They knew not
that thence would come a better wisdom than could be
learned from books, and a better life than could be
moulded on the defaced example of other human lives.
Neither did Ernest know that the thoughts and affections
which came to him so naturally, in the fields and
at the fireside, and wherever he communed with himself,
were of a higher tone than those which all men shared
with him. A simple soul, — simple as when his mother
first taught him the old prophecy, — he beheld the marvellous
features beaming adown the valley, and still

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

wondered that their human counterpart was so long in
making his appearance.

By this time poor Mr. Gathergold was dead and
buried; and the oddest part of the matter was, that his
wealth, which was the body and spirit of his existence,
had disappeared before his death, leaving nothing of him
but a living skeleton, covered over with a wrinkled, yellow
skin. Since the melting away of his gold, it had
been very generally conceded that there was no such
striking resemblance, after all, betwixt the ignoble features
of the ruined merchant and that majestic face upon
the mountain side. So the people ceased to honor him
during his lifetime, and quietly consigned him to forgetfulness
after his decease. Once in a while, it is true,
his memory was brought up in connection with the magnificent
palace which he had built, and which had long
ago been turned into a hotel for the accommodation of
strangers, multitudes of whom came, every summer, to
visit that famous natural curiosity, the Great Stone
Face. Thus, Mr. Gathergold being discredited and
thrown into the shade, the man of prophecy was yet to
come.

It so happened that a native-born son of the valley,
many years before, had enlisted as a soldier, and, after a
great deal of hard fighting, had now become an illustrious
commander. Whatever he may be called in history,
he was known in camps and on the battle-field under the
nickname of Old Blood-and-Thunder. This war-worn
veteran, being now infirm with age and wounds, and
weary of the turmoil of a military life, and of the roll of
the drum and the clangor of the trumpet, that had so
long been ringing in his ears, had lately signified a

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

purpose of returning to his native valley, hoping to find
repose where he remembered to have left it. The
inhabitants, his old neighbors and their grown-up children,
were resolved to welcome the renowned warrior
with a salute of cannon and a public dinner; and all the
more enthusiastically, it being affirmed that now, at last,
the likeness of the Great Stone Face had actually
appeared. An aid-de-camp of old Blood-and-Thunder,
travelling through the valley, was said to have been
struck with the resemblance. Moreover, the schoolmates
and early acquaintances of the general were ready
to testify, on oath, that, to the best of their recollection,
the aforesaid general had been exceedingly like the
majestic image, even when a boy, only that the idea had
never occurred to them at that period. Great, therefore,
was the excitement throughout the valley; and many
people, who had never once thought of glancing at the
Great Stone Face for years before, now spent their time
in gazing at it, for the sake of knowing exactly how
General Blood-and-Thunder looked.

On the day of the great festival, Ernest, with all the
other people of the valley, left their work, and proceeded
to the spot where the sylvan banquet was prepared. As
he approached, the loud voice of the Reverend Doctor
Battleblast was heard, beseeching a blessing on the good
things set before them, and on the distinguished friend
of peace in whose honor they were assembled. The
tables were arranged in a cleared space of the woods,
shut in by the surrounding trees, except where a vista
opened eastward, and afforded a distant view of the
Great Stone Face. Over the general's chair, which
was a relic from the home of Washington, there was an

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

arch of verdant boughs, with the laurel profusely intermixed,
and surmounted by his country's banner, beneath
which he had won his victories. Our friend Ernest
raised himself on his tip-toes, in hopes to get a glimpse
of the celebrated guest; but there was a mighty
crowd about the tables anxious to hear the toasts and
speeches, and to catch any word that might fall from the
general in reply; and a volunteer company, doing duty
as a guard, pricked ruthlessly with their bayonets at any
particularly quiet person among the throng. So Ernest,
being of an unobtrusive character, was thrust quite into
the background, where he could see no more of Old
Blood-and-Thunder's physiognomy than if it had been
still blazing on the battle-field. To console himself, he
turned towards the Great Stone Face, which, like a
faithful and long-remembered friend, looked back and
smiled upon him through the vista of the forest. Meantime,
however, he could overhear the remarks of various
individuals, who were comparing the features of the hero
with the face on the distant mountain side.

“'T is the same face, to a hair!” cried one man,
cutting a caper for joy.

“Wonderfully like, that 's a fact!” responded another.

“Like! why, I call it Old Blood-and-Thunder himself,
in a monstrous looking-glass!” cried a third.
“And why not? He 's the greatest man of this or any
other age, beyond a doubt.”

And then all three of the speakers gave a great shout,
which communicated electricity to the crowd, and called
forth a roar from a thousand voices, that went reverberating
for miles among the mountains, until you might
have supposed that the Great Stone Face had poured its

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

thunder-breath into the cry. All these comments, and
this vast enthusiasm, served the more to interest our
friend; nor did he think of questioning that now, at
length, the mountain-visage had found its human counterpart.
It is true, Ernest had imagined that this long-looked-for
personage would appear in the character of a
man of peace, uttering wisdom, and doing good, and
making people happy. But, taking an habitual breadth
of view, with all his simplicity, he contended that Providence
should choose its own method of blessing mankind,
and could conceive that this great end might be
effected even by a warrior and a bloody sword, should
inscrutable wisdom see fit to order matters so.

“The general! the general!” was now the cry.
“Hush! silence! Old Blood-and-Thunder's going to
make a speech.”

Even so; for, the cloth being removed, the general's
health had been drunk amid shouts of applause,
and he now stood upon his feet to thank the company.
Ernest saw him. There he was, over the shoulders of
the crowd, from the two glittering epaulets and embroidered
collar upward, beneath the arch of green boughs
with intertwined laurel, and the banner drooping as if to
shade his brow! And there, too, visible in the same
glance, through the vista of the forest, appeared the
Great Stone Face! And was there, indeed, such a
resemblance as the crowd had testified? Alas, Ernest
could not recognize it! He beheld a war-worn and
weather-beaten countenance, full of energy, and expressive
of an iron will; but the gentle wisdom, the deep,
broad, tender sympathies, were altogether wanting in
Old Blood-and-Thunder's visage; and even if the Great

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

Stone Face had assumed his look of stern command, the
milder traits would still have tempered it.

“This is not the man of prophecy,” sighed Ernest to
himself, as he made his way out of the throng. “And
must the world wait longer yet?”

The mists had congregated about the distant mountain
side, and there were seen the grand and awful
features of the Great Stone Face, awful but benignant,
as if a mighty angel were sitting among the hills, and
enrobing himself in a cloud-vesture of gold and purple.
As he looked, Ernest could hardly believe but that a
smile beamed over the whole visage, with a radiance
still brightening, although without motion of the lips. It
was probably the effect of the western sunshine, melting
through the thinly diffused vapors that had swept
between him and the object that he gazed at. But — as
it always did — the aspect of his marvellous friend
made Ernest as hopeful as if he had never hoped in
vain.

“Fear not, Ernest,” said his heart, even as if the
Great Face were whispering him, “fear not, Ernest; he
will come.”

More years sped swiftly and tranquilly away. Ernest
still dwelt in his native valley, and was now a man of
middle age. By imperceptible degree, he had become
known among the people. Now, as heretofore, he
labored for his bread, and was the same simple-hearted
man that he had always been. But he had thought
and felt so much, he had given so many of the best
hours of his life to unworldly hopes for some great good
to mankind, that it seemed as though he had been talking
with the angels, and had imbibed a portion of their

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

wisdom unawares. It was visible in the calm and well-considered
beneficence of his daily life, the quiet stream
of which had made a wide green margin all along its
course. Not a day passed by, that the world was not
the better because this man, humble as he was, had
lived. He never stepped aside from his own path, yet
would always reach a blessing to his neighbor. Almost
involuntarily, too, he had become a preacher. The pure
and high simplicity of his thought, which, as one of its
manifestations, took shape in the good deeds that
dropped silently from his hand, flowed also forth in
speech. He uttered truths that wrought upon and
moulded the lives of those who heard him. His auditors,
it may be, never suspected that Ernest, their own
neighbor and familiar friend, was more than an ordinary
man; least of all did Ernest himself suspect it; but,
inevitably as the murmur of a rivulet, came thoughts
out of his mouth that no other human lips had spoken.

When the people's minds had had a little time to
cool, they were ready enough to acknowledge their
mistake in imagining a similarity between General
Blood-and-Thunder's truculent physiognomy and the
benign visage on the mountain side. But now, again,
there were reports and many paragraphs in the newspapers,
affirming that the likeness of the Great Stone
Face had appeared upon the broad shoulders of a certain
eminent statesman. He, like Mr. Gathergold and Old
Blood-and-Thunder, was a native of the valley, but had
left it in his early days, and taken up the trades of law
and politics. Instead of the rich man's wealth and
the warrior's sword, he had but a tongue, and it was
mightier than both together. So wonderfully eloquent

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

was he, that whatever he might choose to say, his
auditors had no choice but to believe him; wrong
looked like right, and right like wrong; for when it
pleased him, he could make a kind of illuminated fog
with his mere breath, and obscure the natural daylight
with it. His tongue, indeed, was a magic instrument:
sometimes it rumbled like the thunder; sometimes it
warbled like the sweetest music. It was the blast of
war — the song of peace; and it seemed to have a heart
in it, when there was no such matter. In good truth,
he was a wondrous man; and when his tongue had
acquired him all other imaginable success, — when it
had been heard in halls of state, and in the courts of
princes and potentates, — after it had made him known
all over the world, even as a voice crying from shore to
shore, — it finally persuaded his countrymen to select
him for the presidency. Before this time, — indeed, as
soon as he began to grow celebrated, — his admirers had
found out the resemblance between him and the Great
Stone Face; and so much were they struck by it, that
throughout the country this distinguished gentleman
was known by the name of Old Stony Phiz. The
phrase was considered as giving a highly favorable
aspect to his political prospects; for, as is likewise the
case with the Popedom, nobody ever becomes president
without taking a name other than his own.

While his friends were doing their best to make him
president, Old Stony Phiz, as he was called, set out on
a visit to the valley where he was born. Of course, he
had no other object than to shake hands with his fellow-citizens,
and neither thought nor cared about any effect
which his progress through the country might have upon

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

the election. Magnificent preparations were made to
receive the illustrious statesman; a cavalcade of horsemen
set forth to meet him at the boundary line of the
state, and all the people left their business and gathered
along the wayside to see him pass. Among these was
Ernest. Though more than once disappointed, as we
have seen, he had such a hopeful and confiding nature,
that he was always ready to believe in whatever seemed
beautiful and good. He kept his heart continually open,
and thus was sure to catch the blessing from on high, when
it should come. So now again, as buoyantly as ever, he
went forth to behold the likeness of the Great Stone Face.

The cavalcade came prancing along the road, with a
great clattering of hoofs and a mighty cloud of dust,
which rose up so dense and high that the visage of the
mountain side was completely hidden from Ernest's
eyes. All the great men of the neighborhood were there
on horseback: militia officers, in uniform; the member
of Congress; the sheriff of the county; the editors of
newspapers; and many a farmer, too, had mounted his
patient steed, with his Sunday coat upon his back. It
really was a very brilliant spectacle, especially as there
were numerous banners flaunting over the cavalcade, on
some of which were gorgeous portraits of the illustrious
statesman and the Great Stone Face, smiling familiarly
at one another, like two brothers. If the pictures were
to be trusted, the mutual resemblance, it must be confessed,
was marvellous. We must not forget to mention
that there was a band of music, which made the
echoes of the mountains ring and reverberate with the
loud triumph of its strains; so that airy and soul-thrilling
melodies broke out among all the heights and hollows,

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

as if every nook of his native valley had found a voice,
to welcome the distinguished guest. But the grandest
effect was when the far-off mountain precipice flung
back the music; for then the Great Stone Face itself
seemed to be swelling the triumphant chorus, in acknowledgment
that, at length, the man of prophecy was
come.

All this while the people were throwing up their hats
and shouting, with enthusiasm so contagious that the
heart of Ernest kindled up, and he likewise threw up
his hat, and shouted, as loudly as the loudest, “Huzza
for the great man! Huzza for Old Stony Phiz!” But
as yet he had not seen him.

“Here he is, now!” cried those who stood near Ernest.
“There! There! Look at Old Stony Phiz and
then at the Old Man of the Mountain, and see if they
are not as like as two twin-brothers!”

In the midst of all this gallant array, came an open
barouche, drawn by four white horses; and in the
barouche, with his massive head uncovered, sat the illustrious
statesman, Old Stony Phiz himself.

“Confess it,” said one of Ernest's neighbors to him,
“the Great Stone Face has met its match at last!”

Now, it must be owned that, at his first glimpse of the
countenance which was bowing and smiling from the
barouche, Ernest did fancy that there was a resemblance
between it and the old familiar face upon the mountain
side. The brow, with its massive depth and loftiness,
and all the other features, indeed, were boldly and strongly
hewn, as if in emulation of a more than heroic, of a
Titanic model. But the sublimity and stateliness, the
grand expression of a divine sympathy, that illuminated

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

the mountain visage, and etherealized its ponderous
granite substance into spirit, might here be sought in
vain. Something had been originally left out, or had
departed. And therefore the marvellously gifted statesman
had always a weary gloom in the deep caverns of
his eyes, as of a child that has outgrown its playthings,
or a man of mighty faculties and little aims, whose life,
with all its high performances, was vague and empty,
because no high purpose had endowed it with reality.

Still, Ernest's neighbor was thrusting his elbow into
his side, and pressing him for an answer.

“Confess! confess! Is not he the very picture of your
Old Man of the Mountain?”

“No!” said Ernest, bluntly, “I see little or no likeness.”

“Then so much the worse for the Great Stone Face!”
answered his neighbor; and again he set up a shout for
Old Stony Phiz.

But Ernest turned away, melancholy, and almost
despondent; for this was the saddest of his disappointments,
to behold a man who might have fulfilled the
prophecy, and had not willed to do so. Meantime, the
cavalcade, the banners, the music, and the barouches,
swept past him, with the vociferous crowd in the rear,
leaving the dust to settle down, and the Great Stone
Face to be revealed again, with the grandeur that it had
worn for untold centuries.

“Lo, here I am, Ernest!” the benign lips seemed to
say. “I have waited longer than thou, and am not yet
weary. Fear not; the man will come.”

The years hurried onward, treading in their haste on
one another's heels. And now they began to bring white

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

hairs, and scatter them over the head of Ernest; they
made reverend wrinkles across his forehead, and furrows
in his cheeks. He was an aged man. But not in vain
had he grown old: more than the white hairs on his head
were the sage thoughts in his mind; his wrinkles and
furrows were inscriptions that Time had graved, and in
which he had written legends of wisdom that had been
tested by the tenor of a life. And Ernest had ceased to
be obscure. Unsought for, undesired, had come the fame
which so many seek, and made him known in the great
world, beyond the limits of the valley in which he had
dwelt so quietly. College professors, and even the active
men of cities, came from far to see and converse with
Ernest; for the report had gone abroad that this simple
husbandman had ideas unlike those of other men, not
gained from books, but of a higher tone, — a tranquil
and familiar majesty, as if he had been talking with the
angels as his daily friends. Whether it were sage,
statesman, or philanthropist, Ernest received these visiters
with the gentle sincerity that had characterized him
from boyhood, and spoke freely with them of whatever
came uppermost, or lay deepest in his heart or their own.
While they talked together, his face would kindle, unawares,
and shine upon them, as with a mild evening
light. Pensive with the fulness of such discourse, his
guests took leave and went their way; and, passing up
the valley, paused to look at the Great Stone Face,
imagining that they had seen its likeness in a human
countenance, but could not remember where.

While Ernest had been growing up and growing old,
a bountiful Providence had granted a new poet to this
earth. He, likewise, was a native of the valley, but had

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

spent the greater part of his life at a distance from that
romantic region, pouring out his sweet music amid the
bustle and din of cities. Often, however, did the mountains
which had been familiar to him in his childhood
lift their snowy peaks into the clear atmosphere of his
poetry. Neither was the Great Stone Face forgotten,
for the poet had celebrated it in an ode, which was grand
enough to have been uttered by its own majestic lips.
This man of genius, we may say, had come down from
heaven with wonderful endowments. If he sang of a
mountain, the eyes of all mankind beheld a mightier
grandeur reposing on its breast, or soaring to its summit,
than had before been seen there. If his theme were a
lovely lake, a celestial smile had now been thrown over
it, to gleam forever on its surface. If it were the vast
old sea, even the deep immensity of its dread bosom
seemed to swell the higher, as if moved by the emotions
of the song. Thus the world assumed another and a
better aspect from the hour that the poet blessed it with
his happy eyes. The Creator had bestowed him, as the
last, best touch to his own handiwork. Creation was
not finished till the poet came to interpret, and so complete
it.

The effect was no less high and beautiful, when his
human brethren were the subject of his verse. The man
or woman, sordid with the common dust of life, who
crossed his daily path, and the little child who played in
it, were glorified if he beheld them in his mood of poetic
faith. He showed the golden links of the great chain
that intertwined them with an angelic kindred; he
brought out the hidden traits of a celestial birth that
made them worthy of such kin. Some, indeed, there

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

were, who thought to show the soundness of their judgment
by affirming that all the beauty and dignity of the
natural world existed only in the poet's fancy. Let such
men speak for themselves, who undoubtedly appear to
have been spawned forth by Nature with a contemptuous
bitterness; she having plastered them up out of her
refuse stuff, after all the swine were made. As respects
all things else, the poet's ideal was the truest truth.

The songs of this poet found their way to Ernest. He
read them, after his customary toil, seated on the bench
before his cottage door, where, for such a length of time,
he had filled his repose with thought, by gazing at the
Great Stone Face. And now, as he read stanzas that
caused the soul to thrill within him, he lifted his eyes
to the vast countenance beaming on him so benignantly.

“O, majestic friend,” he murmured, addressing the
Great Stone Face, “is not this man worthy to resemble
thee?”

The Face seemed to smile, but answered not a word.

Now it happened that the poet, though he dwelt so
far away, had not only heard of Ernest, but had meditated
much upon his character, until he deemed nothing
so desirable as to meet this man, whose untaught wisdom
walked hand in hand with the noble simplicity of
his life. One summer morning, therefore, he took passage
by the railroad, and, in the decline of the afternoon,
alighted from the cars at no great distance from Ernest's
cottage. The great hotel, which had formerly been the
palace of Mr. Gathergold, was close at hand, but the
poet, with his carpet-bag on his arm, inquired at once

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

where Ernest dwelt, and was resolved to be accepted as
his guest.

Approaching the door, he there found the good old
man, holding a volume in his hand, which alternately he
read, and then, with a finger between the leaves, looked
lovingly at the Great Stone Face.

“Good-evening,” said the poet. “Can you give a
traveller a night's lodging?”

“Willingly,” answered Ernest; and then he added,
smiling, “Methinks I never saw the Great Stone Face
look so hospitably at a stranger.”

The poet sat down on the bench beside him, and he
and Ernest talked together. Often had the poet held
intercourse with the wittiest and the wisest, but never
before with a man like Ernest, whose thoughts and feelings
gushed up with such a natural freedom, and who
made great truths so familiar by his simple utterance of
them. Angels, as had been so often said, seemed to
have wrought with him at his labor in the fields; angels
seemed to have sat with him by the fireside; and, dwelling
with angels as friend with friends, he had imbibed the
sublimity of their ideas, and imbued it with the sweet
and lowly charm of household words. So thought the
poet. And Ernest, on the other hand, was moved and
agitated by the living images which the poet flung out
of his mind, and which peopled all the air about the
cottage door with shapes of beauty, both gay and pensive.
The sympathies of these two men instructed them
with a profounder sense than either could have attained
alone. Their minds accorded into one strain, and made
delightful music which neither of them could have
claimed as all his own, nor distinguished his own share

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

from the other's. They led one another, as it were, into
a high pavilion of their thoughts, so remote, and hitherto
so dim, that they had never entered it before, and so beautiful
that they desired to be there always.

As Ernest listened to the poet, he imagined that the
Great Stone Face was bending forward to listen too. He
gazed earnestly into the poet's glowing eyes.

“Who are you, my strangely gifted guest?” he
said.

The poet laid his finger on the volume that Ernest
had been reading.

“You have read these poems,” said he. “You know
me, then, — for I wrote them.”

Again, and still more earnestly than before, Ernest
examined the poet's features; then turned towards the
Great Stone Face; then back, with an uncertain aspect,
to his guest. But his countenance fell; he shook his
head, and sighed.

“Wherefore are you sad?” inquired the poet.

“Because,” replied Ernest, “all through life I have
awaited the fulfilment of a prophecy; and, when I read
these poems, I hoped that it might be fulfilled in you.”

“You hoped,” answered the poet, faintly smiling, “to
find in me the likeness of the Great Stone Face. And
you are disappointed, as formerly with Mr. Gathergold,
and Old Blood-and-Thunder, and Old Stony Phiz. Yes,
Ernest, it is my doom. You must add my name to the
illustrious three, and record another failure of your
hopes. For — in shame and sadness do I speak it, Ernest—
I am not worthy to be typified by yonder benign
and majestic image.”

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

“And why?” asked Ernest. He pointed to the volume; —
“Are not those thoughts divine?”

“They have a strain of the Divinity,” replied the
poet. “You can hear in them the far-off echo of a
heavenly song. But my life, dear Ernest, has not corresponded
with my thought. I have had grand dreams,
but they have been only dreams, because I have lived—
and that, too, by my own choice — among poor and
mean realities. Sometimes even — shall I dare to say
it? — I lack faith in the grandeur, the beauty, and the
goodness, which my own works are said to have made
more evident in nature and in human life. Why, then,
pure seeker of the good and true, shouldst thou hope to
find me, in yonder image of the divine!”

The poet spoke sadly, and his eyes were dim with
tears. So, likewise, were those of Ernest.

At the hour of sunset, as had long been his frequent
custom, Ernest was to discourse to an assemblage of the
neighboring inhabitants, in the open air. He and the
poet, arm in arm, still talking together as they went
along, proceeded to the spot. It was a small nook among
the hills, with a gray precipice behind, the stern front
of which was relieved by the pleasant foliage of many
creeping plants, that made a tapestry for the naked
rock, by hanging their festoons from all its rugged
angles. At a small elevation above the ground, set in
a rich frame-work of verdure, there appeared a niche,
spacious enough to admit a human figure, with freedom
for such gestures as spontaneously accompany earnest
thought and genuine emotion. Into this natural pulpit
Ernest ascended, and threw a look of familiar kindness
around upon his audience. They stood, or sat, or

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

reclined upon the grass, as seemed good to each, with the
departing sunshine falling obliquely over them, and
mingling its subdued cheerfulness with the solemnity of
a grove of ancient trees, beneath and amid the boughs
of which the golden rays were constrained to pass. In
another direction was seen the Great Stone Face, with
the same cheer, combined with the same solemnity, in
its benignant aspect.

Ernest began to speak, giving to the people of what
was in his heart and mind. His words had power,
because they accorded with his thoughts; and his thoughts
had reality and depth, because they harmonized with the
life which he had always lived. It was not mere breath
that this preacher uttered; they were the words of life,
because a life of good deeds and holy love was melted
into them. Pearls, pure and rich, had been dissolved
into this precious draught. The poet, as he listened,
felt that the being and character of Ernest were a nobler
strain of poetry than he had ever written. His eyes
glistening with tears, he gazed reverentially at the venerable
man, and said within himself that never was there
an aspect so worthy of a prophet and a sage as that
mild, sweet, thoughtful countenance, with the glory of
white hair diffused about it. At a distance, but distinctly
to be seen, high up in the golden light of the
setting sun, appeared the Great Stone Face, with hoary
mists around it, like the white hairs around the brow
of Ernest. Its look of grand beneficence seemed to
embrace the world.

At that moment, in sympathy with a thought which
he was about to utter, the face of Ernest assumed a
grandeur of expression, so imbued with benevolence, that

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

the poet, by an irresistible impulse, threw his arms aloft,
and shouted,

“Behold! Behold! Ernest is himself the likeness of
the Great Stone Face!”

Then all the people looked, and saw that what the deep-sighted
poet said was true. The prophecy was fulfilled.
But Ernest, having finished what he had to say, took
the poet's arm, and walked slowly homeward, still hoping
that some wiser and better man than himself would by
and by appear, bearing a resemblance to the Great
Stone Face.

-- --

p578-070 MAIN-STREET.

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

A respectable-looking individual makes his bow,
and addresses the public. In my daily walks along the
principal street of my native town, it has often occurred
to me, that, if its growth from infancy upward, and
the vicissitude of characteristic scenes that have passed
along this thoroughfare during the more than two
centuries of its existence, could be presented to the
eye in a shifting panorama, it would be an exceedingly
effective method of illustrating the march of time. Acting
on this idea, I have contrived a certain pictorial
exhibition, somewhat in the nature of a puppet-show, by
means of which I propose to call up the multiform and
many-colored Past before the spectator, and show him the
ghosts of his forefathers, amid a succession of historic
incidents, with no greater trouble than the turning of a
crank. Be pleased, therefore, my indulgent patrons, to
walk into the show-room, and take your seats before
yonder mysterious curtain. The little wheels and springs
of my machinery have been well oiled; a multitude of
puppets are dressed in character, representing all varieties
of fashion, from the Puritan cloak and jerkin to the
latest Oak Hall coat; the lamps are trimmed, and shall
brighten into noontide sunshine, or fade away in moonlight,
or muffle their brilliancy in a November cloud, as
the nature of the scene may require; and, in short, the

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

exhibition is just ready to commence. Unless something
should go wrong, — as, for instance, the misplacing
of a picture, whereby the people and events of one century
might be thrust into the middle of another; or the
breaking of a wire, which would bring the course of
time to a sudden period, — barring, I say, the casualties
to which such a complicated piece of mechanism is liable, —
I flatter myself, ladies and gentlemen, that the
performance will elicit your generous approbation.

Ting-a-ting-ting! goes the bell; the curtain rises; and
we behold — not, indeed, the Main-street — but the track
of leaf-strewn forest-land over which its dusty pavement
is hereafter to extend.

You perceive, at a glance, that this is the ancient and
primitive wood,— the ever-youthful and venerably old,—
verdant with new twigs, yet hoary, as it were, with the
snowfall of innumerable years, that have accumulated
upon its intermingled branches. The white man's axe
has never smitten a single tree; his footstep has never
crumpled a single one of the withered leaves, which all
the autumns since the flood have been harvesting beneath.
Yet, see! along through the vista of impending boughs,
there is already a faintly-traced path, running nearly
east and west, as if a prophecy or foreboding of the future
street had stolen into the heart of the solemn old wood.
Onward goes this hardly perceptible track, now ascending
over a natural swell of land, now subsiding gently
into a hollow; traversed here by a little streamlet, which
glitters like a snake through the gleam of sunshine, and
quickly hides itself among the underbrush, in its quest
for the neighboring cove; and impeded there by the
massy corpse of a giant of the forest, which had lived

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

out its incalculable term of life, and been overthrown by
mere old age, and lies buried in the new vegetation that
is born of its decay. What footsteps can have worn
this half-seen path? Hark! Do we not hear them now
rustling softly over the leaves? We discern an Indian
woman, — a majestic and queenly woman, or else her
spectral image does not represent her truly, — for this is
the great Squaw Sachem, whose rule, with that of her
sons, extends from Mystic to Agawam. That red chief,
who stalks by her side, is Wappacowet, her second husband,
the priest and magician, whose incantations shall
hereafter affright the pale-faced settlers with grisly phantoms,
dancing and shrieking in the woods, at midnight.
But greater would be the affright of the Indian necromancer,
if, mirrored in the pool of water at his feet, he
could catch a prophetic glimpse of the noon-day marvels
which the white man is destined to achieve; if he could
see, as in a dream, the stone-front of the stately hall,
which will cast its shadow over this very spot; if he
could be aware that the future edifice will contain a noble
Museum, where, among countless curiosities of earth and
sea, a few Indian arrow-heads shall be treasured up as
memorials of a vanished race!

No such forebodings disturb the Squaw Sachem and
Wappacowet. They pass on, beneath the tangled shade,
holding high talk on matters of state and religion, and
imagine, doubtless, that their own system of affairs will
endure forever. Meanwhile, how full of its own proper
life is the scene that lies around them! The gray
squirrel runs up the trees, and rustles among the upper
branches. Was not that the leap of a deer? And there
is the whirr of a partridge! Methinks, too, I catch the

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

cruel and stealthy eye of a wolf, as he draws back into
yonder impervious density of underbrush. So, there,
amid the murmur of boughs, go the Indian queen and
the Indian priest; while the gloom of the broad wilderness
impends over them, and its sombre mystery invests
them as with something preternatural; and only momentary
streaks of quivering sunlight, once in a great
while, find their way down, and glimmer among the
feathers in their dusky hair. Can it be that the thronged
street of a city will ever pass into this twilight solitude,—
over those soft heaps of the decaying tree-trunks,
and through the swampy places, green with water-moss,
and penetrate that hopeless entanglement of great
trees, which have been uprooted and tossed together by
a whirlwind? It has been a wilderness from the creation.
Must it not be a wilderness forever?

Here an acidulous-looking gentleman in blue glasses,
with bows of Berlin steel, who has taken a seat at the
extremity of the front row, begins, at this early stage of
the exhibition, to criticize.

“The whole affair is a manifest catch-penny!” observes
he, scarcely under his breath. “The trees look more
like weeds in a garden than a promitive forest; the
Squaw Sachem and Wappacowet are stiff in their paste-board
joints; and the squirrels, the deer, and the wolf,
move with all the grace of a child's wooden monkey,
sliding up and down a stick.”

“I am obliged to you, sir, for the candor of your
remarks,” replies the showman, with a bow. “Perhaps
they are just. Human art has its limits, and we must
now and then ask a little aid from the spectator's imagination.”

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

“You will get no such aid from mine,” responds the
critic. “I make it a point to see things precisely as they
are. But come! go ahead! the stage is waiting!”

The showman proceeds.

Casting our eyes again over the scene, we perceive
that strangers have found their way into the solitary
place. In more than one spot, among the trees, an
upheaved axe is glittering in the sunshine. Roger
Conant, the first settler in Naumkeag, has built his
dwelling, months ago, on the border of the forest-path;
and at this moment he comes eastward through the vista
of woods, with his gun over his shoulder, bringing home
the choice portions of a deer. His stalwart figure, clad
in a leathern jerkin and breeches of the same, strides
sturdily onward, with such an air of physical force and
energy that we might almost expect the very trees to
stand aside, and give him room to pass. And so, indeed,
they must; for, humble as is his name in history, Roger
Conant still is of that class of men who do not merely
find, but make, their place in the system of human
affairs; a man of thoughtful strength, he has planted
the germ of a city. There stands his habitation, showing
in its rough architecture some features of the Indian
wigwam, and some of the log cabin, and somewhat, too,
of the straw-thatched cottage in Old England, where this
good yeoman had his birth and breeding. The dwelling
is surrounded by a cleared space of a few acres, where
Indian corn grows thrivingly among the stumps of the
trees; while the dark forest hems it in, and seems to
gaze silently and solemnly, as if wondering at the
breadth of sunshine which the white man spreads around

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

him. An Indian, half hidden in the dusky shade, is
gazing and wondering too.

Within the door of the cottage you discern the wife,
with her ruddy English cheek. She is singing, doubtless,
a psalm tune, at her household work; or, perhaps
she sighs at the remembrance of the cheerful gossip, and
all the merry social life, of her native village beyond the
vast and melancholy sea. Yet the next moment she
laughs, with sympathetic glee, at the sports of her little
tribe of children; and soon turns round, with the homelook
in her face, as her husband's foot is heard approaching
the rough-hewn threshold. How sweet must it be
for those who have an Eden in their hearts, like Roger
Conant and his wife, to find a new world to project it
into, as they have, instead of dwelling among old haunts
of men, where so many household fires have been kindled
and burnt out, that the very glow of happiness has
something dreary in it! Not that this pair are alone in
their wild Eden, for here comes Goodwife Massey, the
young spouse of Jeffrey Massey, from her home hard by,
with an infant at her breast. Dame Conant has another
of like age; and it shall hereafter be one of the disputed
points of history which of these two babies was the first
town-born child.

But see! Roger Conant has other neighbors within
view. Peter Palfrey likewise has built himself a house,
and so has Balch, and Norman, and Woodbury. Their
dwellings, indeed, — such is the ingenious contrivance
of this piece of pictorial mechanism, — seem to have
arisen, at various points of the scene, even while we
have been looking at it. The forest-track, trodden more
and more by the hob-nailed shoes of these sturdy and

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

ponderous Englishmen, has now a distinctness which it
never could have acquired from the light tread of a hundred
times as many Indian moccasins. It will be a
street, anon. As we observe it now, it goes onward
from one clearing to another, here plunging into a
shadowy strip of woods, there open to the sunshine, but
everywhere showing a decided line, along which human
interests have begun to hold their career. Over yonder
swampy spot, two trees have been felled, and laid side
by side, to make a causeway. In another place, the axe
has cleared away a confused intricacy of fallen trees and
clustered boughs, which had been tossed together by a
hurricane. So now the little children, just beginning
to run alone, may trip along the path, and not often
stumble over an impediment, unless they stray from it
to gather wood-berries beneath the trees. And, besides
the feet of grown people and children, there are the
cloven hoofs of a small herd of cows, who seek their
subsistence from the native grasses, and help to deepen
the track of the future thoroughfare. Goats also browse
along it, and nibble at the twigs that thrust themselves
across the way. Not seldom, in its more secluded portions,
where the black shadow of the forest strives to
hide the trace of human footsteps, stalks a gaunt wolf,
on the watch for a kid or a young calf; or fixes his
hungry gaze on the group of children gathering berries,
and can hardly forbear to rush upon them. And the
Indians, coming from their distant wigwams to view the
white man's settlement, marvel at the deep track which
he makes, and perhaps are saddened by a flitting presentiment
that this heavy tread will find its way over
all the land; and that the wild woods, the wild wolf,

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

and the wild Indian, will alike be trampled beneath it.
Even so shall it be. The pavements of the Main-street
must be laid over the red man's grave.

Behold! here is a spectacle which should be ushered
in by the peal of trumpets, if Naumkeag had ever yet
heard that cheery music, and by the roar of cannon,
echoing among the woods. A procession, — for, by its
dignity, as marking an epoch in the history of the street,
it deserves that name, — a procession advances along
the pathway. The good ship Abigail has arrived from
England, bringing wares and merchandise, for the comfort
of the inhabitants, and traffic with the Indians;
bringing passengers too, and, more important than all, a
governor for the new settlement. Roger Conant and
Peter Palfrey, with their companions, have been to the
shore to welcome him; and now, with such honor and
triumph as their rude way of life permits, are escorting
the sea-flushed voyagers to their habitations. At the
point where Endicott enters upon the scene, two venerable
trees unite their branches high above his head;
thus forming a triumphal arch of living verdure, beneath
which he pauses, with his wife leaning on his arm, to
catch the first impression of their new-found home. The
old settlers gaze not less earnestly at him, than he at the
hoary woods and the rough surface of the clearings.
They like his bearded face, under the shadow of the
broad-brimmed and steeple-crowned Puritan hat; — a
visage resolute, grave, and thoughtful, yet apt to kindle
with that glow of a cheerful spirit by which men of
strong character are enabled to go joyfully on their
proper tasks. His form, too, as you see it, in a doublet
and hose of sad-colored cloth, is of a manly make, fit for

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

toil and hardship, and fit to wield the heavy sword that
hangs from his leathern belt. His aspect is a better
warrant for the ruler's office than the parchment commission
which he bears, however fortified it may be with
the broad seal of the London council. Peter Palfrey
nods to Roger Conant. “The worshipful Court of
Assistants have done wisely,” say they between themselves.
“They have chosen for our governor a man
out of a thousand.” Then they toss up their hats, —
they, and all the uncouth figures of their company, most
of whom are clad in skins, inasmuch as their old kersey
and linsey-woolsey garments have been torn and tattered
by many a long month's wear, — they all toss up their
hats, and salute their new governor and captain with a
hearty English shout of welcome. We seem to hear it
with our own ears, so perfectly is the action represented
in this life-like, this almost magic picture!

But have you observed the lady who leans upon the
arm of Endicott? — a rose of beauty from an English
garden, now to be transplanted to a fresher soil. It may
be that, long years — centuries, indeed — after this fair
flower shall have decayed, other flowers of the same race
will appear in the same soil, and gladden other generations
with hereditary beauty. Does not the vision
haunt us yet? Has not Nature kept the mould
unbroken, deeming it a pity that the idea should vanish
from mortal sight forever, after only once assuming
earthly substance? Do we not recognize, in that fair
woman's face, the model of features which still beam, at
happy moments, on what was then the woodland pathway,
but has long since grown into a busy street?

“This is too ridiculous! — positively insufferable!”

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

mutters the same critic who had before expressed his
disapprobation. “Here is a pasteboard figure, such as a
child would cut out of a card, with a pair of very dull
scissors; and the fellow modestly requests us to see in
it the prototype of hereditary beauty!”

“But, sir, you have not the proper point of view,”
remarks the showman. “You sit altogether too near to
get the best effect of my pictorial exhibition. Pray,
oblige me by removing to this other bench, and I venture
to assure you the proper light and shadow will
transform the spectacle into quite another thing.”

“Pshaw!” replies the critic: “I want no other light
and shade. I have already told you that it is my business
to see things just as they are.”

“I would suggest to the author of this ingenious
exhibition,” observes a gentlemanly person, who has
shown signs of being much interested, “I would suggest,
that Anna Gower, the first wife of Governor Endicott,
and who came with him from England, left no posterity;
and that, consequently, we cannot be indebted to that
honorable lady for any specimens of feminine loveliness
now extant among us.”

Having nothing to allege against this genealogical
objection, the showman points again to the scene.

During this little interruption, you perceive that the
Anglo-Saxon energy — as the phrase now goes — has
been at work in the spectacle before us. So many
chimneys now send up their smoke, that it begins to
have the aspect of a village street; although everything
is so inartificial and inceptive, that it seems as if one
returning wave of the wild nature might overwhelm it
all. But the one edifice which gives the pledge of

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

permanence to this bold enterprise is seen at the central point
of the picture. There stands the meeting-house, a
small structure, low-roofed, without a spire, and built of
rough timber, newly hewn, with the sap still in the
logs, and here and there a strip of bark adhering to
them. A meaner temple was never consecrated to the
worship of the Deity. With the alternative of kneeling
beneath the awful vault of the firmament, it is strange
that men should creep into this pent-up nook, and expect
God's presence there. Such, at least, one would
imagine, might be the feeling of these forest-settlers,
accustomed, as they had been, to stand under the dim
arches of vast cathedrals, and to offer up their hereditary
worship in the old, ivy-covered churches of rural
England, around which lay the bones of many generations
of their forefathers. How could they dispense
with the carved altar-work? — how, with the pictured
windows, where the light of common day was hallowed
by being transmitted through the glorified figures of
saints? — how, with the lofty roof, imbued, as it must
have been, with the prayers that had gone upward for
centuries? — how, with the rich peal of the solemn
organ, rolling along the aisles, pervading the whole
church, and sweeping the soul away on a flood of
audible religion? They needed nothing of all this.
Their house of worship, like their ceremonial, was
naked, simple, and severe. But the zeal of a recovered
faith burned like a lamp within their hearts, enriching
everything around them with its radiance; making of
these new walls, and this narrow compass, its own cathedral;
and being, in itself, that spiritual mystery and
experience, of which sacred architecture, pictured

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

windows, and the organ's grand solemnity, are remote and
imperfect symbols. All was well, so long as their lamps
were freshly kindled at the heavenly flame. After a
while, however, whether in their time or their children's,
these lamps began to burn more dimly, or with a less
genuine lustre; and then it might be seen how hard,
cold and confined, was their system, — how like an iron
cage was that which they called Liberty.

Too much of this. Look again at the picture, and
observe how the aforesaid Anglo-Saxon energy is now
trampling along the street, and raising a positive cloud
of dust beneath its sturdy footsteps. For there the
carpenters are building a new house, the frame of which
was hewn and fitted in England, of English oak, and
sent hither on shipboard; and here a blacksmith makes
huge clang and clatter on his anvil, shaping out tools and
weapons; and yonder a wheelwright, who boasts himself
a London workman, regularly bred to his handicraft,
is fashioning a set of wagon-wheels, the track of
which shall soon be visible. The wild forest is shrinking
back; the street has lost the aromatic odor of the
pine-trees, and of the sweet fern that grew beneath them.
The tender and modest wild-flowers, those gentle children
of savage nature that grew pale beneath the ever-brooding
shade, have shrunk away and disappeared, like stars
that vanish in the breadth of light. Gardens are fenced
in, and display pumpkin-beds and rows of cabbages and
beans; and, though the governor and the minister both
view them with a disapproving eye, plants of broadleaved
tobacco, which the cultivators are enjoined to use
privily, or not at all. No wolf, for a year past, has
been heard to bark, or known to range among the

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

dwellings, except that single one, whose grisly head, with a
plash of blood beneath it, is now affixed to the portal of
the meeting-house. The partridge has ceased to run
across the too-frequented path. Of all the wild life that
used to throng here, only the Indians still come into the
settlement, bringing the skins of beaver and otter, bear
and elk, which they sell to Endicott for the wares of
England. And there is little John Massey, the son of
Jeffrey Massey and first-born of Naumkeag, playing beside
his father's threshold, a child of six or seven years old.
Which is the better-grown infant, — the town or the boy?

The red men have become aware that the street is no
longer free to them, save by the sufferance and permission
of the settlers. Often, to impress them with an
awe of English power, there is a muster and training
of the town-forces, and a stately march of the mail-clad
band, like this which we now see advancing up the
street. There they come, fifty of them, or more; all
with their iron breastplates and steel caps well burnished,
and glimmering bravely against the sun; their ponderous
muskets on their shoulders, their bandaliers about
their waists, their lighted matches in their hands, and
the drum and fife playing cheerily before them. See!
do they not step like martial men? Do they not
manœuvre like soldiers who have seen stricken fields?
And well they may; for this band is composed of precisely
such materials as those with which Cromwell is
preparing to beat down the strength of a kingdom; and
his famous regiment of Ironsides might be recruited from
just such men. In everything, at this period, New England
was the essential spirit and flower of that which
was about to become uppermost in the mother-country.

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

Many a bold and wise man lost the fame which would
have accrued to him in English history, by crossing the
Atlantic with our forefathers. Many a valiant captain,
who might have been foremost at Marston Moor or
Naseby, exhausted his martial ardor in the command of
a log-built fortress, like that which you observe on the
gently rising ground at the right of the pathway, — its
banner fluttering in the breeze, and the culverins and
sakers showing their deadly muzzles over the rampart.

A multitude of people were now thronging to New
England: some, because the ancient and ponderous
frame-work of Church and State threatened to crumble
down upon their heads; others, because they despaired
of such a downfall. Among those who came to Naumkeag
were men of history and legend, whose feet leave
a track of brightness along any pathway which they
have trodden. You shall behold their life-like images,—
their spectres, if you choose so to call them, — passing,
encountering with a familiar nod, stopping to converse
together, praying, bearing weapons, laboring or
resting from their labors, in the Main-street. Here,
now, comes Hugh Peters, an earnest, restless man,
walking swiftly, as being impelled by that fiery activity of
nature which shall hereafter thrust him into the conflict
of dangerous affairs, make him the chaplain and counsellor
of Cromwell, and finally bring him to a bloody
end. He pauses, by the meeting-house, to exchange a
greeting with Roger Williams, whose face indicates,
methinks, a gentler spirit, kinder and more expansive,
than that of Peters; yet not less active for what he discerns
to be the will of God, or the welfare of mankind.
And look! here is a guest for Endicott, coming forth out

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

of the forest, through which he has been journeying from
Boston, and which, with its rude branches, has caught
hold of his attire, and has wet his feet with its swamps
and streams. Still there is something in his mild and
venerable, though not aged presence, — a propriety, an
equilibrium, in Governor Winthrop's nature, — that causes
the disarray of his costume to be unnoticed, and gives
us the same impression as if he were clad in such grave
and rich attire as we may suppose him to have worn in
the Council-chamber of the colony. Is not this characteristic
wonderfully perceptible in our spectral representative
of his person? But what dignitary is this
crossing from the other side to greet the governor? A
stately personage, in a dark velvet cloak, with a hoary
beard, and a gold chain across his breast; he has the
authoritative port of one who has filled the highest civic
station in the first of cities. Of all men in the world,
we should least expect to meet the Lord Mayor of London—
as Sir Richard Saltonstall has been, once and
again — in a forest-bordered settlement of the western
wilderness.

Further down the street, we see Emanuel Downing, a
grave and worthy citizen, with his son George, a stripling
who has a career before him; his shrewd and quick
capacity and pliant conscience shall not only exalt him
high, but secure him from a downfall. Here is another
figure, on whose characteristic make and expressive
action I will stake the credit of my pictorial puppet-show.
Have you not already detected a quaint, sly
humor in that face, — an eccentricity in the manner, —
a certain indescribable waywardness, — all the marks, in
short, of an original man, unmistakably impressed, yet

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

kept down by a sense of clerical restraint? That is
Nathaniel Ward, the minister of Ipswich, but better
remembered as the simple cobbler of Agawam. He
hammered his sole so faithfully, and stitched his upper-leather
so well, that the shoe is hardly yet worn out,
though thrown aside for some two centuries past. And
next, among these Puritans and Roundheads, we observe
the very model of a Cavalier, with the curling lovelock,
the fantastically trimmed beard, the embroidery, the
ornamented rapier, the gilded dagger, and all other
foppishnesses that distinguished the wild gallants who
rode headlong to their overthrow in the cause of King
Charles. This is Morton of Merry Mount, who has
come hither to hold a council with Endicott, but will
shortly be his prisoner. Yonder pale, decaying figure
of a white-robed woman, who glides slowly along the
street, is the Lady Arabella, looking for her own grave
in the virgin soil. That other female form, who seems
to be talking — we might almost say preaching or
expounding — in the centre of a group of profoundly
attentive auditors, is Ann Hutchinson. And here comes
Vane. —

“But, my dear sir,” interrupts the same gentleman
who before questioned the showman's genealogical accuracy,
“allow me to observe that these historical person-ages
could not possibly have met together in the Main-street.
They might, and probably did, all visit our old
town, at one time or another, but not simultaneously;
and you have fallen into anachronisms that I positively
shudder to think of!”

“The fellow,” adds the scarcely civil critic, “has
learned a bead-roll of historic names, whom he lugs into

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

his pictorial puppet-show, as he calls it, helter-skelter,
without caring whether they were contemporaries or not,—
and sets them all by the ears together. But was
there ever such a fund of impudence? To hear his
running commentary, you would suppose that these
miserable slips of painted pasteboard, with hardly the
remotest outlines of the human figure, had all the character
and expression of Michael Angelo's pictures.
Well! go on, sir!”

“Sir, you break the illusion of the scene,” mildly
remonstrates the showman.

“Illusion! What illusion?” rejoins the critic, with a
contemptuous snort. “On the word of a gentleman, I
see nothing illusive in the wretchedly bedaubed sheet of
canvas that forms your back-ground, or in these paste-board
slips that hitch and jerk along the front. The
only illusion, permit me to say, is in the puppet-showman's
tongue, — and that but a wretched one, into the
bargain!”

“We public men,” replies the showman, meekly,
“must lay our account, sometimes, to meet an uncandid
severity of criticism. But — merely for your own pleasure,
sir — let me entreat you to take another point of
view. Sit further back, by that young lady, in whose
face I have watched the reflection of every changing
scene; only oblige me by sitting there; and, take my
word for it, the slips of pasteboard shall assume spiritual
life, and the bedaubed canvas become an airy and
changeable reflex of what it purports to represent.”

“I know better,” retorts the critic, settling himself in
his seat, with sullen but self-complacent immovableness.

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

“And, as for my own pleasure, I shall best consult it by
remaining precisely where I am.”

The showman bows, and waves his hand; and, at the
signal, as if time and vicissitude had been awaiting his
permission to move onward, the mimic street becomes
alive again.

Years have rolled over our scene, and converted the
forest-track into a dusty thoroughfare, which, being
intersected with lanes and cross-paths, may fairly be
designated as the Main-street. On the ground-sites of
many of the log-built sheds, into which the first settlers
crept for shelter, houses of quaint architecture have now
risen. These later edifices are built, as you see, in one
generally accordant style, though with such subordinate
variety as keeps the beholder's curiosity excited, and
causes each structure, like its owner's character, to produce
its own peculiar impression. Most of them have
one huge chimney in the centre, with flues so vast that
it must have been easy for the witches to fly out of
them, as they were wont to do, when bound on an aërial
visit to the Black Man in the forest. Around this great
chimney the wooden house clusters itself, in a whole
community of gable-ends, each ascending into its own
separate peak; the second story, with its lattice-windows,
projecting over the first; and the door, which is perhaps
arched, provided on the outside with an iron hammer,
wherewith the visiter's hand may give a thundering rat-a-tat.
The timber frame-work of these houses, as
compared with those of recent date, is like the skeleton
of an old giant, beside the frail bones of a modern man
of fashion. Many of them, by the vast strength and
soundness of their oaken substance, have been preserved

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

through a length of time which would have tried the
stability of brick and stone; so that, in all the progressive
decay and continual reconstruction of the street,
down to our own days, we shall still behold these old
edifices occupying their long-accustomed sites. For
instance, on the upper corner of that green lane which
shall hereafter be North-street, we see the Curwen
House, newly built, with the carpenters still at work on
the roof, nailing down the last sheaf of shingles. On
the lower corner stands another dwelling, — destined, at
some period of its existence, to be the abode of an
unsuccessful alchemist, — which shall likewise survive
to our own generation, and perhaps long outlive it.
Thus, through the medium of these patriarchal edifices,
we have now established a sort of kindred and hereditary
acquaintance with the Main-street.

Great as is the transformation produced by a short
term of years, each single day creeps through the Puritan
settlement sluggishly enough. It shall pass before
your eyes, condensed into the space of a few moments.
The gray light of early morning is slowly diffusing
itself over the scene; and the bellman, whose office it is
to cry the hour at the street-corners, rings the last peal
upon his hand-bell, and goes wearily homewards, with the
owls, the bats, and other creatures of the night. Lattices
are thrust back on their hinges, as if the town were
opening its eyes, in the summer morning. Forth stumbles
the still drowsy cow-herd, with his horn; putting
which to his lips, it emits a bellowing bray, impossible to
be represented in the picture, but which reaches the
pricked-up ears of every cow in the settlement, and tells
her that the dewy pasture-hour is come. House after

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

house awakes, and sends the smoke up curling from its
chimney, like frosty breath from living nostrils; and as
those white wreaths of smoke, though impregnated with
earthy admixtures, climb skyward, so, from each dwelling,
does the morning worship — its spiritual essence
bearing up its human imperfection — find its way to the
heavenly Father's throne.

The breakfast-hour being passed, the inhabitants do
not, as usual, go to their fields or workshops, but remain
within doors; or perhaps walk the street, with a grave
sobriety, yet a disengaged and unburthened aspect, that
belongs neither to a holiday nor a Sabbath. And,
indeed, this passing day is neither, nor is it a common
week-day, although partaking of all the three. It is the
Thursday Lecture; an institution which New England
has long ago relinquished, and almost forgotten, yet
which it would have been better to retain, as bearing
relations to both the spiritual and ordinary life, and
bringing each acquainted with the other. The tokens
of its observance, however, which here meet our eyes,
are of rather a questionable cast. It is, in one sense, a
day of public shame; the day on which transgressors,
who have made themselves liable to the minor severities
of the Puritan law, receive their reward of ignominy.
At this very moment, the constable has bound an idle
fellow to the whipping-post, and is giving him his
deserts with a cat-o'-nine-tails. Ever since sunrise,
Daniel Fairfield has been standing on the steps of the
meeting-house, with a halter about his neck, which he is
condemned to wear visibly throughout his lifetime;
Dorothy Talby is chained to a post at the corner of
Prison-lane, with the hot sun blazing on her matronly

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

face, and all for no other offence than lifting her hand
against her husband; while, through the bars of that
great wooden cage, in the centre of the scene, we discern
either a human being or a wild beast, or both in one,
whom this public infamy causes to roar, and gnash his
teeth, and shake the strong oaken bars, as if he would
break forth, and tear in pieces the little children who
have been peeping at him. Such are the profitable
sights that serve the good people to while away the
earlier part of lecture-day. Betimes in the forenoon, a
traveller — the first traveller that has come hitherward
this morning — rides slowly into the street, on his patient
steed. He seems a clergyman; and, as he draws near,
we recognize the minister of Lynn, who was preengaged
to lecture here, and has been revolving his
discourse, as he rode through the hoary wilderness.
Behold, now, the whole town thronging into the meeting-house,
mostly with such sombre visages that the
sunshine becomes little better than a shadow when it
falls upon them. There go the Thirteen Men, grim
rulers of a grim community! There goes John Massey,
the first town-born child, now a youth of twenty, whose
eye wanders with peculiar interest towards that buxom
damsel who comes up the steps at the same instant.
There hobbles Goody Foster, a sour and bitter old
beldam, looking as if she went to curse, and not to pray,
and whom many of her neighbors suspect of taking an
occasional airing on a broomstick. There, too, slinking
shamefacedly in, you observe that same poor do-nothing
and good-for-nothing whom we saw castigated just now
at the whipping-post. Last of all, there goes the tithing-man,
lugging in a couple of small boys, whom he has

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

caught at play beneath God's blessed sunshine, in a back
lane. What native of Naumkeag, whose recollections
go back more than thirty years, does not still shudder at
that dark ogre of his infancy, who perhaps had long
ceased to have an actual existence, but still lived in his
childish belief, in a horrible idea, and in the nurse's
threat, as the Tidy Man!

It will be hardly worth our while to wait two, or it
may be three, turnings of the hour-glass, for the conclusion
of the lecture. Therefore, by my control over light
and darkness, I cause the dusk, and then the starless
night, to brood over the street; and summon forth again
the bellman, with his lantern casting a gleam about his
footsteps, to pace wearily from corner to corner, and
shout drowsily the hour to drowsy or dreaming ears.
Happy are we, if for nothing else, yet because we did
not live in those days. In truth, when the first novelty
and stir of spirit had subsided, — when the new settlement,
between the forest-border and the sea, had become
actually a little town, — its daily life must have trudged
onward with hardly anything to diversify and enliven
it, while also its rigidity could not fail to cause miserable
distortions of the moral nature. Such a life was sinister
to the intellect, and sinister to the heart; especially
when one generation had bequeathed its religious gloom,
and the counterfeit of its religious ardor, to the next;
for these characteristics, as was inevitable, assumed the
form both of hypocrisy and exaggeration, by being
inherited from the example and precept of other human
beings, and not from an original and spiritual source.
The sons and grandchildren of the first settlers were a
race of lower and narrower souls than their progenitors

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

had been. The latter were stern, severe, intolerant, but
not superstitious, not even fanatical; and endowed, if
any men of that age were, with a far-seeing worldly
sagacity. But it was impossible for the succeeding race
to grow up, in heaven's freedom, beneath the discipline
which their gloomy energy of character had established;
nor, it may be, have we even yet thrown off all the
unfavorable influences which, among many good ones,
were bequeathed to us by our Puritan forefathers. Let
us thank God for having given us such ancestors; and
let each successive generation thank him, not less fervently,
for being one step further from them in the march
of ages.

“What is all this?” cries the critic. “A sermon? If
so, it is not in the bill.”

“Very true,” replies the showman; “and I ask pardon
of the audience.”

Look now at the street, and observe a strange people
entering it. Their garments are torn and disordered,
their faces haggard, their figures emaciated; for they
have made their way hither through pathless deserts,
suffering hunger and hardship, with no other shelter than
a hollow tree, the lair of a wild beast, or an Indian wigwam.
Nor, in the most inhospitable and dangerous of
such lodging-places, was there half the peril that awaits
them in this thoroughfare of Christian men, with those
secure dwellings and warm hearths on either side of it,
and yonder meeting-house as the central object of the
scene. These wanderers have received from Heaven a
gift that, in all epochs of the world, has brought with it
the penalties of mortal suffering and persecution, scorn,
enmity, and death itself;—a gift that, thus terrible to its

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

possessors, has ever been most hateful to all other men,
since its very existence seems to threaten the overthrow
of whatever else the toilsome ages have built up; — the
gift of a new idea. You can discern it in them, illuminating
their faces — their whole persons, indeed, however
earthly and cloddish — with a light that inevitably shines
through, and makes the startled community aware that
these men are not as they themselves are, — not brethren
nor neighbors of their thought. Forthwith, it is as if
an earthquake rumbled through the town, making its
vibrations felt at every hearthstone, and especially causing
the spire of the meeting-house to totter. The
Quakers have come. We are in peril! See! they
trample upon our wise and well-established laws in the
person of our chief magistrate; for Governor Endicott
is passing, now an aged man, and dignified with long
habits of authority, — and not one of the irreverent
vagabonds has moved his hat. Did you note the ominous
frown of the white-bearded Puritan governor, as he
turned himself about, and, in his anger, half uplifted the
staff that has become a needful support to his old age?
Here comes old Mr. Norris, our venerable minister.
Will they doff their hats, and pay reverence to him?
No: their hats stick fast to their ungracious heads, as if
they grew there; and — impious varlets that they are,
and worse than the heathen Indians! — they eye our
reverend pastor with a peculiar scorn, distrust, unbelief,
and utter denial of his sanctified pretensions, of which
he himself immediately becomes conscious; the more
bitterly conscious, as he never knew nor dreamed of the
like before.

But look yonder! Can we believe our eyes? A

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

Quaker woman, clad in sackcloth, and with ashes on her
head, has mounted the steps of the meeting-house. She
addresses the people in a wild, shrill voice, — wild and
shrill it must be, to suit such a figure, — which makes
them tremble and turn pale, although they crowd open-mouthed
to hear her. She is bold against established
authority; she denounces the priest and his steeple-house.
Many of her hearers are appalled; some weep;
and others listen with a rapt attention, as if a living
truth had now, for the first time, forced its way through
the crust of habit, reached their hearts, and awakened
them to life. This matter must be looked to; else we
have brought our faith across the seas with us in vain;
and it had been better that the old forest were still
standing here, waving its tangled boughs, and murmuring
to the sky out of its desolate recesses, instead of this
goodly street, if such blasphemies be spoken in it.

So thought the old Puritans. What was their mode
of action may be partly judged from the spectacles
which now pass before your eyes. Joshua Buffum is
standing in the pillory. Cassandra Southwick is led to
prison. And there a woman, — it is Ann Coleman, —
naked from the waist upward, and bound to the tail of a
cart, is dragged through the Main-street at the pace of a
brisk walk, while the constable follows with a whip of
knotted cords. A strong-armed fellow is that constable;
and each time that he flourishes his lash in the air, you
see a frown wrinkling and twisting his brow, and, at the
same instant, a smile upon his lips. He loves his business,
faithful officer that he is, and puts his soul into
every stroke, zealous to fulfil the injunction of Major
Hawthrone's warrant, in the spirit and to the letter.

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

There came down a stroke that has drawn blood! Ten
such stripes are to be given in Salem, ten in Boston, and
ten in Dedham; and, with those thirty stripes of blood
upon her, she is to be driven into the forest. The crimson
trail goes wavering along the Main-street; but
Heaven grant that, as the rain of so many years has
wept upon it, time after time, and washed it all away,
so there may have been a dew of mercy, to cleanse this
cruel blood-stain out of the record of the persecutor's
life!

Pass on, thou spectral constable, and betake thee to
thine own place of torment. Meanwhile, by the silent
operation of the mechanism behind the scenes, a considerable
space of time would seem to have lapsed over
the street. The older dwellings now begin to look
weather-beaten, through the effect of the many eastern
storms that have moistened their unpainted shingles and
clapboards, for not less than forty years. Such is the
age we would assign to the town, judging by the aspect
of John Massey, the first town-born child, whom his
neighbors now call Goodman Massey, and whom we see
yonder, a grave, almost autumnal-looking man, with
children of his own about him. To the patriarchs of
the settlement, no doubt, the Main-street is still but an
affair of yesterday, hardly more antique, even if destined
to be more permanent, than a path shovelled through the
snow. But to the middle-aged and elderly men who
came hither in childhood or early youth, it presents the
aspect of a long and well-established work, on which
they have expended the strength and ardor of their life.
And the younger people, native to the street, whose
earliest recollections are of creeping over the paternal

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

threshold, and rolling on the grassy margin of the track,
look at it as one of the perdurable things of our mortal
state, — as old as the hills of the great pasture, or the
headland at the harbor's mouth. Their fathers and
grandsires tell them how, within a few years past, the
forest stood here, with but a lonely track beneath its
tangled shade. Vain legend! They cannot make it
true and real to their conceptions. With them, moreover,
the Main-street is a street indeed, worthy to hold
its way with the thronged and stately avenues of cities
beyond the sea. The old Puritans tell them of the
crowds that hurry along Cheapside and Fleet-street and
the Strand, and of the rush of tumultuous life at Temple
Bar. They describe London Bridge, itself a street, with
a row of houses on each side. They speak of the vast
structure of the Tower, and the solemn grandeur of
Westminster Abbey. The children listen, and still
inquire if the streets of London are longer and broader
than the one before their father's door; if the Tower is
bigger than the jail in Prison-lane; if the old Abbey
will hold a larger congregation than our meeting-house.
Nothing impresses them, except their own experience.

It seems all a fable, too, that wolves have ever
prowled here; and not less so, that the Squaw Sachem,
and the Sagamore her son, once ruled over this region,
and treated as sovereign potentates with the English
settlers, then so few and storm-beaten, now so powerful.
There stand some school-boys, you observe, in a little
group around a drunken Indian, himself a prince of the
Squaw Sachem's lineage. He brought hither some
beaver-skins for sale, and has already swallowed the
larger portion of their price, in deadly draughts of

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

fire-water. Is there not a touch of pathos in that picture?
and does it not go far towards telling the whole story of
the vast growth and prosperity of one race, and the fated
decay of another? — the children of the stranger making
game of the great Squaw Sachem's grandson!

But the whole race of red men have not vanished
with that wild princess and her posterity. This march
of soldiers along the street betokens the breaking out of
King Philip's war; and these young men, the flower of
Essex, are on their way to defend the villages on the
Connecticut; where, at Bloody Brook, a terrible blow
shall be smitten, and hardly one of that gallant band be
left alive. And there, at that stately mansion, with its
three peaks in front, and its two little peaked towers,
one on either side of the door, we see brave Captain
Gardner issuing forth, clad in his embroidered buff-coat,
and his plumed cap upon his head. His trusty sword,
in its steel scabbard, strikes clanking on the door-step.
See how the people throng to their doors and windows,
as the cavalier rides past, reining his mettled steed so
gallantly, and looking so like the very soul and emblem
of martial achievement, — destined, too, to meet a warrior's
fate, at the desperate assault on the fortress of the
Narragansetts!

“The mettled steed looks like a pig,” interrupts the
critic, “and Captain Gardner himself like the devil,
though a very tame one, and on a most diminutive
scale.”

“Sir, sir!” cries the persecuted showman, losing all
patience, — for, indeed, he had particularly prided himself
on these figures of Captain Gardner and his horse,—
“I see that there is no hope of pleasing you. Pray,

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

sir, do me the favor to take back your money, and withdraw!”

“Not I!” answers the unconscionable critic. “I am
just beginning to get interested in the matter. Come!
turn your crank, and grind out a few more of these fooleries!”

The showman rubs his brow impulsively, whisks the
little rod with which he points out the notabilities of the
scene, — but, finally, with the inevitable acquiescence of
all public servants, resumes his composure, and goes on.

Pass onward, onward, Time! Build up new houses
here, and tear down thy works of yesterday, that have
already the rusty moss upon them! Summon forth the
minister to the abode of the young maiden, and bid him
unite her to the joyful bridegroom! Let the youthful
parents carry their first-born to the meeting-house, to
receive the baptismal rite! Knock at the door, whence
the sable line of the funeral is next to issue! Provide
other successive generations of men, to trade, talk, quarrel,
or walk in friendly intercourse along the street, as
their fathers did before them! Do all thy daily and
accustomed business, Father Time, in this thoroughfare,
which thy footsteps, for so many years, have now made
dusty! But here, at last, thou leadest along a procession
which, once witnessed, shall appear no more, and be
remembered only as a hideous dream of thine, or a
frenzy of thy old brain.

“Turn your crank, I say,” bellows the remorseless
critic, “and grind it out, whatever it be, without further
preface!”

The showman deems it best to comply.

Then, here cames the worshipful Captain Curwen,

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

sheriff of Essex, on horseback, at the head of an armed
guard, escorting a company of condemned prisoners from
the jail to their place of execution on Gallows Hill.
The witches! There is no mistaking them! The
witches! As they approach up Prison-lane, and turn
into the Main-street, let us watch their faces, as if we
made a part of the pale crowd that presses so eagerly
about them, yet shrinks back with such shuddering
dread, leaving an open passage betwixt a dense throng
on either side. Listen to what the people say.

There is old George Jacobs, known hereabouts, these
sixty years, as a man whom we thought upright in all
his way of life, quiet, blameless, a good husband before
his pious wife was summoned from the evil to come, and
a good father to the children whom she left him. Ah!
but when that blessed woman went to heaven, George
Jacobs' heart was empty, his hearth lonely, his life
broken up; his children were married, and betook themselves
to habitations of their own; and Satan, in his
wanderings up and down, beheld this forlorn old man, to
whom life was a sameness and a weariness, and found
the way to tempt him. So the miserable sinner was
prevailed with to mount into the air, and career among
the clouds; and he is proved to have been present at a
witch-meeting as far off as Falmouth, on the very same
night that his next neighbors saw him, with his rheumatic
stoop, going in at his own door. There is John
Willard, too; an honest man we thought him, and so
shrewd and active in his business, so practical, so intent
on every-day affairs, so constant at his little place of
trade, where he bartered English goods for Indian corn
and all kinds of country produce! How could such a

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

man find time, or what could put it into his mind, to
leave his proper calling, and become a wizard? It is
a mystery, unless the Black Man tempted him with
great heaps of gold. See that aged couple, — a sad
sight, truly, — John Proctor, and his wife Elizabeth. If
there were two old people in all the County of Essex
who seemed to have led a true Christian life, and to be
treading hopefully the little remnant of their earthly
path, it was this very pair. Yet have we heard it
sworn, to the satisfaction of the worshipful Chief-justice
Sewell, and all the court and jury, that Proctor and his
wife have shown their withered faces at children's bed-sides,
mocking, making mouths, and affrighting the poor
little innocents in the night-time. They, or their spectral
appearances, have stuck pins into the afflicted ones,
and thrown them into deadly fainting-fits with a touch, or
but a look. And, while we supposed the old man to be
reading the Bible to his old wife, — she meanwhile knitting
in the chimney-corner, — the pair of hoary reprobates
have whisked up the chimney, both on one broomstick,
and flown away to a witch-communion, far into the depths
of the chill, dark forest. How foolish! Were it only
for fear of rheumatic pains in their old bones, they had
better have stayed at home. But away they went; and
the laughter of their decayed, cackling voices has been
heard at midnight, aloft in the air. Now, in the sunny
noontide, as they go tottering to the gallows, it is the
devil's turn to laugh.

Behind these two, — who help another along, and
seem to be comforting and encouraging each other, in a
manner truly pitiful, if it were not a sin to pity the old
witch and wizard, — behind them comes a woman, with

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

a dark, proud face that has been beautiful, and a figure
that is still majestic. Do you know her? It is Martha
Carrier, whom the devil found in a humble cottage, and
looked into her discontented heart, and saw pride there,
and tempted her with his promise that she should be
Queen of Hell. And now, with that lofty demeanor,
she is passing to her kingdom, and, by her unquenchable
pride, transforms this escort of shame into a triumphal
procession, that shall attend her to the gates of her infernal
palace, and seat her upon the fiery throne. Within
this hour, she shall assume her royal dignity.

Last of the miserable train comes a man clad in black,
of small stature and a dark complexion, with a clerical
band about his neck. Many a time, in the years gone
by, that face has been uplifted heavenward from the pulpit
of the East Meeting-house, when the Rev. Mr. Burroughs
seemed to worship God. What! — he? The
holy man! — the learned! — the wise! How has the
devil tempted him? His fellow-criminals, for the most
part, are obtuse, uncultivated creatures, some of them
scarcely half-witted by nature, and others greatly
decayed in their intellects through age. They were an
easy prey for the destroyer. Not so with this George
Burroughs, as we judge by the inward light which glows
through his dark countenance, and, we might almost
say, glorifies his figure, in spite of the soil and haggardness
of long imprisonment, — in spite of the heavy
shadow that must fall on him, while death is walking
by his side. What bribe could Satan offer, rich enough
to tempt and overcome this man? Alas! it may have
been in the very strength of his high and searching
intellect, that the Tempter found the weakness which

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

betrayed him. He yearned for knowledge; he went
groping onward into a world of mystery; at first, as the
witnesses have sworn, he summoned up the ghosts of his
two dead wives, and talked with them of matters beyond
the grave; and, when their responses failed to satisfy the
intense and sinful craving of his spirit, he called on
Satan, and was heard. Yet, — to look at him, — who,
that had not known the proof, could believe him guilty?
Who would not say, while we see him offering comfort
to the weak and aged partners of his horrible crime, —
while we hear his ejaculations of prayer, that seem to
bubble up out of the depths of his heart, and fly heaven-ward,
unawares, — while we behold a radiance brightening
on his features as from the other world, which is but
a few steps off, — who would not say, that, over the
dusty track of the Main-street, a Christian saint is now
going to a martyr's death? May not the Arch Fiend
have been too subtle for the court and jury, and betrayed
them — laughing in his sleeve, the while — into the
awful error of pouring out sanctified blood as an acceptable
sacrifice upon God's altar? Ah! no; for listen to
wise Cotton Mather, who, as he sits there on his horse,
speaks comfortably to the perplexed multitude, and tells
them that all has been religiously and justly done, and
that Satan's power shall this day receive its death-blow
in New England.

Heaven grant it be so! — the great scholar must be
right so lead the poor creatures to their death! Do
you see that group of children and half-grown girls, and,
among them, an old, hag-like Indian woman, Tituba by
name? Those are the Afflicted Ones. Behold, at this
very instant, a proof of Satan's power and malice!

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

Mercy Parris, the minister's daughter, has been smitten
by a flash of Martha Carrier's eye, and falls down in
the street, writhing with horrible spasms and foaming at
the mouth, like the possessed one spoken of in Scripture.
Hurry on the accursed witches to the gallows, ere they
do more mischief! — ere they fling out their withered
arms, and scatter pestilence by handfuls among the
crowd! — ere, as their parting legacy, they cast a blight
over the land, so that henceforth it may bear no fruit
nor blade of grass, and be fit for nothing but a sepulchre
for their unhallowed carcasses! So, on they go; and
old George Jacobs has stumbled, by reason of his infirmity;
but Goodman Proctor and his wife lean on one
another, and walk at a reasonably steady pace, considering
their age. Mr. Burroughs seems to administer
counsel to Martha Carrier, whose face and mien, methinks,
are milder and humbler than they were. Among
the multitude, meanwhile, there is horror, fear, and distrust;
and friend looks askance at friend, and the husband
at his wife, and the wife at him, and even the mother at
her little child; as if, in every creature that God has
made, they suspected a witch, or dreaded an accuser.
Never, never again, whether in this or any other shape,
may Universal Madness riot in the Main-street!

I perceive in your eyes, my indulgent spectators, the
criticism which you are too kind to utter. These
scenes, you think, are all too sombre. So, indeed, they
are; but the blame must rest on the sombre spirit of our
forefathers, who wove their web of life with hardly a
single thread of rose-color or gold, and not on me, who
have a tropic-love of sunshine, and would gladly gild all
the world with it, if I knew where to find so much.

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

That you may believe me, I will exhibit one of the only
class of scenes, so far as my investigation has taught me,
in which our ancestors were wont to steep their tough
old hearts in wine and strong drink, and indulge an out-break
of grisly jollity.

Here it comes, out of the same house whence we saw
brave Captain Gardner go forth to the wars. What!
A coffin, borne on men's shoulders, and six aged gentlemen
as pall-bearers, and a long train of mourners, with
black gloves and black hat-bands, and everything black,
save a white handkerchief in each mourner's hand, to
wipe away his tears withal. Now, my kind patrons,
you are angry with me. You were bidden to a bridaldance,
and find yourselves walking in a funeral procession.
Even so; but look back through all the social
customs of New England, in the first century of her
existence, and read all her traits of character; and if
you find one occasion, other than a funeral feast, where
jollity was sanctioned by universal practice, I will set
fire to my puppet-show without another word. These
are the obsequies of old Governor Bradstreet, the patriarch
and survivor of the first settlers, who, having inter-married
with the Widow Gardner, is now resting from
his labors, at the great age of ninety-four. The white-bearded
corpse, which was his spirit's earthly garniture,
now lies beneath yonder coffin-lid. Many a cask of ale
and cider is on tap, and many a draught of spiced wine
and aqua-vitæ has been quaffed. Else why should the
bearers stagger, as they tremulously uphold the coffin?—
and the aged pall-bearers, too, as they strive to walk
solemnly beside it? — and wherefore do the mourners
tread on one another's heels? — and why, if we may ask

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

without offence, should the nose of the Reverend Mr.
Noyes, through which he has just been delivering the
funeral discourse, glow like a ruddy coal of fire? Well,
well, old friends! Pass on, with your burthen of mortality,
and lay it in the tomb with jolly hearts. People
should be permitted to enjoy themselves in their own
fashion; every man to his taste; but New England
must have been a dismal abode for the man of pleasure,
when the only boon-companion was Death!

Under cover of a mist that has settled over the scene, a
few years flit by, and escape our notice. As the atmosphere
becomes transparent, we perceive a decrepit grand-sire,
hobbling along the street. Do you recognize him?
We saw him, first, as the baby in Goodwife Massey's
arms, when the primeval trees were flinging their shadow
over Roger Conant's cabin; we have seen him, as the
boy, the youth, the man, bearing his humble part in all
the successive scenes, and forming the index-figure
whereby to note the age of his coëval town. And here he
is, old Goodman Massey, taking his last walk, — often
pausing, — often leaning over his staff, — and calling to
mind whose dwelling stood at such and such a spot, and
whose field or garden occupied the site of those more
recent houses. He can render a reason for all the bends
and deviations of the thoroughfare, which, in its flexible
and plastic infancy, was made to swerve aside from a
straight line, in order to visit every settler's door. The
Main-street is still youthful; the coëval man is in his
latest age. Soon he will be gone, a patriarch of four-score,
yet shall retain a sort of infantine life in our local
history, as the first town-born child.

Behold here a change, wrought in the twinkling of an

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

eye, like an incident in a tale of magic, even while your
observation has been fixed upon the scene. The Main-street
has vanished out of sight. In its stead appears a
wintry waste of snow, with the sun just peeping over it,
cold and bright, and tinging the white expanse with the
faintest and most ethereal rose-color. This is the Great
Snow of 1717, famous for the mountain-drifts in which
it buried the whole country. It would seem as if the
street, the growth of which we have noted so attentively,
following it from its first phase, as an Indian track, until
it reached the dignity of side-walks, were all at once
obliterated, and resolved into a drearier pathlessness
than when the forest covered it. The gigantic swells
and billows of the snow have swept over each man's
metes and bounds, and annihilated all the visible distinctions
of human property. So that now the traces of
former times and hitherto accomplished deeds being done
away, mankind should be at liberty to enter on new
paths, and guide themselves by other laws than heretofore;
if, indeed, the race be not extinct, and it be worth
our while to go on with the march of life, over the cold
and desolate expanse that lies before us. It may be,
however, that matters are not so desperate as they
appear. That vast icicle, glittering so cheerlessly in
the sunshine, must be the spire of the meeting-house,
incrusted with frozen sleet. Those great heaps, too,
which we mistook for drifts, are houses, buried up to their
eaves, and with their peaked roofs rounded by the depth
of snow upon them. There, now, comes a gush of
smoke from what I judge to be the chimney of the Ship
Tavern; — and another — another — and another — from
the chimneys of other dwellings, where fireside comfort,

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

domestic peace, the sports of children, and the quietude
of age, are living yet, in spite of the frozen crust above
them.

But it is time to change the scene. Its dreary monotony
shall not test your fortitude like one of our actual
New England winters, which leaves so large a blank —
so melancholy a death-spot — in lives so brief that they
ought to be all summer-time. Here, at least, I may
claim to be ruler of the seasons. One turn of the crank
shall melt away the snow from the Main-street, and
show the trees in their full foliage, the rose-bushes in
bloom, and a border of green grass along the side-walk.
There! But what! How! The scene will not move.
A wire is broken. The street continues buried beneath
the snow, and the fate of Herculaneum and Pompeii has
its parallel in this catastrophe.

Alas! my kind and gentle audience, you know not
the extent of your misfortune. The scenes to come
were far better than the past. The street itself would
have been more worthy of pictorial exhibition; the deeds
of its inhabitants, not less so. And how would your
interest have deepened, as, passing out of the cold
shadow of antiquity, in my long and weary course, I
should arrive within the limits of man's memory, and,
leading you at last into the sunshine of the present,
should give a reflex of the very life that is flitting past
us! Your own beauty, my fair townswomen, would
have beamed upon you, out of my scene. Not a gentleman
that walks the street but should have beheld his
own face and figure, his gait, the peculiar swing of his
arm, and the coat that he put on yesterday. Then, too,—
and it is what I chiefly regret,—I had expended a vast

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

deal of light and brilliancy on a representation of the
street in its whole length, from Buffum's Corner down-ward,
on the night of the grand illumination for General
Taylor's triumph. Lastly, I should have given the
crank one other turn, and have brought out the future,
showing you who shall walk the Main-street to-morrow,
and, perchance, whose funeral shall pass through it!

But these, like most other human purposes, lie unaccomplished;
and I have only further to say, that any
lady or gentleman who may feel dissatisfied with the
evening's entertainment shall receive back the admission
fee at the door.

“Then give me mine,” cries the critic, stretching out
his palm. “I said that your exhibition would prove a
humbug, and so it has turned out. So, hand over my
quarter!”

-- --

p578-109 ETHAN BRAND: A CHAPTER FROM AN ABORTIVE ROMANCE.

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

Bartram the lime-burner, a rough, heavy-looking
man, begrimed with charcoal, sat watching his kiln, at
nightfall, while his little son played at building houses
with the scattered fragments of marble, when, on the
hill-side below them, they heard a roar of laughter, not
mirthful, but slow, and even solemn, like a wind shaking
the boughs of the forest.

“Father, what is that?” asked the little boy, leaving
his play, and pressing betwixt his father's knees.

“O, some drunken man, I suppose,” answered the
lime-burner; “some merry fellow from the bar-room in
the village, who dared not laugh loud enough within
doors, lest he should blow the roof of the house off.
So here he is, shaking his jolly sides at the foot of Graylock.”

“But, father,” said the child, more sensitive than the
obtuse, middle-aged clown, “he does not laugh like a
man that is glad. So the noise frightens me!”

“Don't be a fool, child!” cried his father, gruffly.
“You will never make a man, I do believe; there is too
much of your mother in you. I have known the rustling
of a leaf startle you. Hark! Here comes the

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

merry fellow, now. You shall see that there is no harm
in him.”

Bartram and his little son, while they were talking
thus, sat watching the same lime-kiln that had been the
scene of Ethan Brand's solitary and meditative life,
before he began his search for the Unpardonable Sin.
Many years, as we have seen, had now elapsed, since
that portentous night when the Idea was first developed.
The kiln, however, on the mountain-side, stood unimpaired,
and was in nothing changed since he had thrown
his dark thoughts into the intense glow of its furnace,
and melted them, as it were, into the one thought that
took possession of his life. It was a rude, round, tower-like
structure, about twenty feet high, heavily built of
rough stones, and with a hillock of earth heaped about
the larger part of its circumference; so that the blocks
and fragments of marble might be drawn by cart-loads,
and thrown in at the top. There was an opening at the
bottom of the tower, like an oven-mouth, but large
enough to admit a man in a stooping posture, and provided
with a massive iron door. With the smoke and
jets of flame issuing from the chinks and crevices of this
door, which seemed to give admittance into the hill-side,
it resembled nothing so much as the private entrance to
the infernal regions, which the shepherds of the Delectable
Mountains were accustomed to show to pilgrims.

There are many such lime-kilns in that tract of country,
for the purpose of burning the white marble which
composes a large part of the substance of the hills.
Some of them, built years ago, and long deserted, with
weeds growing in the vacant round of the interior, which
is open to the sky, and grass and wild-flowers rooting

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

themselves into the chinks of the stones, look already
like relics of antiquity, and may yet be overspread with
the lichens of centuries to come. Others, where the
lime-burner still feeds his daily and night-long fire,
afford points of interest to the wanderer among the hills,
who seats himself on a log of wood or a fragment of
marble, to hold a chat with the solitary man. It is a
lonesome, and, when the character is inclined to thought,
may be an intensely thoughtful occupation; as it proved
in the case of Ethan Brand, who had mused to such
strange purpose, in days gone by, while the fire in this
very kiln was burning.

The man who now watched the fire was of a different
order, and troubled himself with no thoughts save the
very few that were requisite to his business. At frequent
intervals, he flung back the clashing weight of the iron
door, and, turning his face from the insufferable glare,
thrust in huge logs of oak, or stirred the immense brands
with a long pole. Within the furnace were seen the
curling and riotous flames, and the burning marble,
almost molten with the intensity of heat; while without,
the reflection of the fire quivered on the dark intricacy
of the surrounding forest, and showed in the foreground
a bright and ruddy little picture of the hut, the spring
beside its door, the athletic and coal-begrimed figure of
the lime-burner, and the half-frightened child, shrinking
into the protection of his father's shadow. And when
again the iron door was closed, then reäppeared the tender
light of the half-full moon, which vainly strove to
trace out the indistinct shapes of the neighboring mountains;
and, in the upper sky, there was a flitting congregation
of clouds, still faintly tinged with the rosy

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

sunset, though thus far down into the valley the sunshine
had vanished long and long ago.

The little boy now crept still closer to his father, as
footsteps were heard ascending the hill-side, and a human
form thrust aside the bushes that clustered beneath the
trees.

“Halloo! who is it?” cried the lime-burner, vexed at
his son's timidity, yet half infected by it. “Come forward,
and show yourself, like a man, or I 'll fling this
chunk of marble at your head!”

“You offer me a rough welcome,” said a gloomy
voice, as the unknown man drew nigh. “Yet I neither
claim nor desire a kinder one, even at my own fireside.”

To obtain a distincter view, Bartram threw open the
iron door of the kiln, whence immediately issued a gush
of fierce light, that smote full upon the stranger's face
and figure. To a careless eye there appeared nothing
very remarkable in his aspect, which was that of a man
in a coarse, brown, country-made suit of clothes, tall and
thin, with the staff and heavy shoes of a wayfarer. As
he advanced, he fixed his eyes — which were very bright—
intently upon the brightness of the furnace, as if he
beheld, or expected to behold, some object worthy of
note within it.

“Good-evening, stranger,” said the lime-burner;
“whence come you, so late in the day?”

“I come from my search,” answered the wayfarer;
“for, at last, it is finished.”

“Drunk! — or crazy!” muttered Bartram to himself.
“I shall have trouble with the fellow. The sooner I
drive him away, the better.”

The little boy, all in a tremble, whispered to his father,

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

and begged him to shut the door of the kiln, so that
there might not be so much light; for that there was
something in the man's face which he was afraid to look
at, yet could not look away from. And, indeed, even
the lime-burner's dull and torpid sense began to be
impressed by an indescribable something in that thin,
rugged, thoughtful visage, with the grizzled hair hanging
wildly about it, and those deeply-sunken eyes, which
gleamed like fires within the entrance of a mysterious
cavern. But, as he closed the door, the stranger turned
towards him, and spoke in a quiet, familiar way, that
made Bartram feel as if he were a sane and sensible
man, after all.

“Your task draws to an end, I see,” said he. “This
marble has already been burning three days. A few
hours more will convert the stone to lime.”

“Why, who are you?” exclaimed the lime-burner.
“You seem as well acquainted with my business as I
am myself.”

“And well I may be,” said the stranger; “for I followed
the same craft many a long year, and here, too,
on this very spot. But you are a new comer in these
parts. Did you never hear of Ethan Brand?”

“The man that went in search of the Unpardonable
Sin?” asked Bartram, with a laugh.

“The same,” answered the stranger. “He has
found what he sought, and therefore he comes back
again.”

“What! then you are Ethan Brand himself?” cried
the lime-burner, in amazement. “I am a new comer
here, as you say, and they call it eighteen years since
you left the foot of Graylock. But, I can tell you, the

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

good folks still talk about Ethan Brand, in the village
yonder, and what a strange errand took him away from
his lime-kiln. Well, and so you have found the Unpardonable
Sin?”

“Even so!” said the stranger, calmly.

“If the question is a fair one,” proceeded Bartram,
“where might it be?”

Ethan Brand laid his finger on his own heart.

“Here!” replied he.

And then, without mirth in his countenance, but as if
moved by an involuntary recognition of the infinite
absurdity of seeking throughout the world for what was
the closest of all things to himself, and looking into
every heart, save his own, for what was hidden in no
other breast, he broke into a laugh of scorn. It was the
same slow, heavy laugh, that had almost appalled the
lime-burner when it heralded the wayfarer's approach.

The solitary mountain-side was made dismal by it.
Laughter, when out of place, mistimed, or bursting
forth from a disordered state of feeling, may be the most
terrible modulation of the human voice. The laughter
of one asleep, even if it be a little child, — the madman's
laugh, — the wild, screaming laugh of a born idiot, — are
sounds that we sometimes tremble to hear, and would
always willingly forget. Poets have imagined no utterance
of fiends or hobgoblins so fearfully appropriate as a
laugh. And even the obtuse lime-burner felt his nerves
shaken, as this strange man looked inward at his own
heart, and burst into laughter that rolled away into the
night, and was indistinctly reverberated among the hills.

“Joe,” said he to his little son, “scamper down to the
tavern in the village, and tell the jolly fellows there that

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

Ethan Brand has come back, and that he has found the
Unpardonable Sin!”

The boy darted away on his errand, to which Ethan
Brand made no objection, nor seemed hardly to notice it.
He sat on a log of wood, looking steadfastly at the iron
door of the kiln. When the child was out of sight, and
his swift and light footsteps ceased to be heard treading
first on the fallen leaves and then on the rocky mountain-path,
the lime-burner began to regret his departure. He
felt that the little fellow's presence had been a barrier
between his guest and himself, and that he must now
deal, heart to heart, with a man who, on his own confession,
had committed the one only crime for which
Heaven could afford no mercy. That crime, in its indistinct
blackness, seemed to overshadow him. The lime-burner's
own sins rose up within him, and made his
memory riotous with a throng of evil shapes that asserted
their kindred with the Master Sin, whatever it might be,
which it was within the scope of man's corrupted nature
to conceive and cherish. They were all of one family;
they went to and fro between his breast and Ethan
Brand's, and carried dark greetings from one to the
other.

Then Bartram remembered the stories which had
grown traditionary in reference to this strange man, who
had come upon him like a shadow of the night, and was
making himself at home in his old place, after so long
absence that the dead people, dead and buried for years,
would have had more right to be at home, in any familiar
spot, than he. Ethan Brand, it was said, had conversed
with Satan himself in the lurid blaze of this very kiln.
The legend had been matter of mirth heretofore, but

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

looked grisly now. According to this tale, before Ethan
Brand departed on his search, he had been accustomed
to evoke a fiend from the hot furnace of the lime-kiln,
night after night, in order to confer with him about the
Unpardonable Sin; the man and the fiend each laboring
to frame the image of some mode of guilt which could
neither be atoned for nor forgiven. And, with the first
gleam of light upon the mountain-top, the fiend crept in
at the iron door, there to abide the intensest element of
fire, until again summoned forth to share in the dreadful
task of extending man's possible guilt beyond the
scope of Heaven's else infinite mercy.

While the lime-burner was struggling with the horror
of these thoughts, Ethan Brand rose from the log, and
flung open the door of the kiln. The action was in such
accordance with the idea in Bartram's mind, that he
almost expected to see the Evil One issue forth, red-hot
from the raging furnace.

“Hold! hold!” cried he, with a tremulous attempt to
laugh; for he was ashamed of his fears, although they
overmastered him. “Don't, for mercy's sake, bring out
your devil now!”

“Man!” sternly replied Ethan Brand, “what need
have I of the devil? I have left him behind me, on my
track. It is with such half-way sinners as you that he
busies himself. Fear not, because I open the door. I
do but act by old custom, and am going to trim your
fire, like a lime-burner, as I was once.”

He stirred the vast coals, thrust in more wood, and
bent forward to gaze into the hollow prison-house of the
fire, regardless of the fierce glow that reddened upon his
face. The lime-burner sat watching him, and half

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

suspected his strange guest of a purpose, if not to evoke
a fiend, at least to plunge bodily into the flames, and
thus vanish from the sight of man. Ethan Brand,
however, drew quietly back, and closed the door of the
kiln.

“I have looked,” said he, “into many a human heart
that was seven times hotter with sinful passions than
yonder furnace is with fire. But I found not there what
I sought. No, not the Unpardonable Sin!”

“What is the Unpardonable Sin?” asked the lime-burner;
and then he shrank further from his companion,
trembling lest his question should be answered.

“It is a sin that grew within my own breast,”
replied Ethan Brand, standing erect, with a pride that
distinguishes all enthusiasts of his stamp. “A sin that
grew nowhere else! The sin of an intellect that triumphed
over the sense of brotherhood with man and
reverence for God, and sacrificed everything to its own
mighty claims! The only sin that deserves a recompense
of immortal agony! Freely, were it to do again,
would I incur the guilt. Unshrinkingly I accept the
retribution!”

“The man's head is turned,” muttered the lime-burner
to himself. “He may be a sinner, like the rest of us, —
nothing more likely, — but, I 'll be sworn, he is a madman
too.”

Nevertheless he felt uncomfortable at his situation,
alone with Ethan Brand on the wild mountain-side,
and was right glad to hear the rough murmur of
tongues, and the footsteps of what seemed a pretty
numerous party, stumbling over the stones and rustling
through the underbrush. Soon appeared the whole lazy

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

regiment that was wont to infest the village tavern, comprehending
three or four individuals who had drunk flip
beside the bar-room fire through all the winters, and
smoked their pipes beneath the stoop through all the
summers, since Ethan Brand's departure. Laughing
boisterously, and mingling all their voices together in
unceremonious talk, they now burst into the moonshine
and narrow streaks of fire-light that illuminated the open
space before the lime-kiln. Bartram set the door ajar
again, flooding the spot with light, that the whole company
might get a fair view of Ethan Brand, and he of
them.

There, among other old acquaintances, was a once
ubiquitous man, now almost extinct, but whom we were
formerly sure to encounter at the hotel of every thriving
village throughout the country. It was the stage-agent.
The present specimen of the genus was a wilted
and smoke-dried man, wrinkled and red-nosed, in a
smartly-cut, brown, bob-tailed coat, with brass buttons,
who, for a length of time unknown, had kept his desk
and corner in the bar-room, and was still puffing what
seemed to be the same cigar that he had lighted twenty
years before. He had great fame as a dry joker, though,
perhaps, less on account of any intrinsic humor than from
a certain flavor of brandy-toddy and tobacco-smoke,
which impregnated all his ideas and expressions, as
well as his person. Another well-remembered though
strangely-altered face was that of Lawyer Giles, as
people still called him in courtesy; an elderly ragamuffin,
in his soiled shirt-sleeves and tow-cloth trousers.
This poor fellow had been an attorney, in what he
called his better days, a sharp practitioner, and in great

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

vogue among the village litigants; but flip, and sling,
and toddy, and cocktails, imbibed at all hours, morning,
noon and night, had caused him to slide from intellectual
to various kinds and degrees of bodily labor, till, at
last, to adopt his own phrase, he slid into a soap-vat.
In other words, Giles was now a soap-boiler, in a small
way. He had come to be but the fragment of a human
being, a part of one foot having been chopped off by an
axe, and an entire hand torn away by the devilish grip
of a steam-engine. Yet, though the corporeal hand was
gone, a spiritual member remained; for, stretching forth
the stump, Giles steadfastly averred that he felt an
invisible thumb and fingers with as vivid a sensation as
before the real ones were amputated. A maimed and
miserable wretch he was; but one, nevertheless, whom
the world could not trample on, and had no right to
scorn, either in this or any previous stage of his misfortunes,
since he had still kept up the courage and spirit
of a man, asked nothing in charity, and with his one
hand — and that the left one — fought a stern battle
against want and hostile circumstances.

Among the throng, too, came another personage, who,
with certain points of similarity to Lawyer Giles, had
many more of difference. It was the village doctor; a
man of some fifty years, whom, at an earlier period of
his life, we introduced as paying a professional visit to
Ethan Brand during the latter's supposed insanity. He
was now a purple-visaged, rude, and brutal, yet half-gentlemanly
figure, with something wild, ruined, and
desperate in his talk, and in all the details of his gesture
and manners. Brandy possessed this man like an evil
spirit, and made him as surly and savage as a wild

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

beast, and as miserable as a lost soul; but there was
supposed to be in him such wonderful skill, such native
gifts of healing, beyond any which medical science could
impart, that society caught hold of him, and would not
let him sink out of its reach. So, swaying to and fro
upon his horse, and grumbling thick accents at the bedside,
he visited all the sick chambers for miles about
among the mountain towns, and sometimes raised a
dying man, as it were, by miracle, or quite as often, no
doubt, sent his patient to a grave that was dug many a
year too soon. The doctor had an everlasting pipe in
his mouth, and, as somebody said, in allusion to his
habit of swearing, it was always alight with hell-fire.

These three worthies pressed forward, and greeted
Ethan Brand each after his own fashion, earnestly
inviting him to partake of the contents of a certain black
bottle, in which, as they averred, he would find something
far better worth seeking for than the Unpardonable
Sin. No mind, which has wrought itself by
intense and solitary meditation into a high state of
enthusiasm, can endure the kind of contact with low
and vulgar modes of thought and feeling to which
Ethan Brand was now subjected. It made him doubt—
and, strange to say, it was a painful doubt — whether
he had indeed found the Unpardonable Sin, and found
it within himself. The whole question on which he
had exhausted life, and more than life, looked like a
delusion.

“Leave me,” he said, bitterly, “ye brute beasts, that
have made yourselves so, shrivelling up your souls with
fiery liquors! I have done with you. Years and years

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

ago, I groped into your hearts, and found nothing there
for my purpose. Get ye gone!”

“Why, you uncivil scoundrel,” cried the fierce doctor,
“is that the way you respond to the kindness of your
best friends? Then let me tell you the truth. You
have no more found the Unpardonable Sin than yonder
boy Joe has. You are but a crazy fellow, — I told you
so twenty years ago, — neither better nor worse than a
crazy fellow, and the fit companion of old Humphrey,
here!”

He pointed to an old man, shabbily dressed, with long
white hair, thin visage, and unsteady eyes. For some
years past this aged person had been wandering about
among the hills, inquiring of all travellers whom he met
for his daughter. The girl, it seemed, had gone off
with a company of circus-performers; and occasionally
tidings of her came to the village, and fine stories were
told of her glittering appearance as she rode on horse-back
in the ring, or performed marvellous feats on the
tight-rope.

The white-haired father now approached Ethan
Brand, and gazed unsteadily into his face.

“They tell me you have been all over the earth,”
said he, wringing his hands with earnestness. “You
must have seen my daughter, for she makes a grand
figure in the world, and everybody goes to see her.
Did she send any word to her old father, or say when
she was coming back?”

Ethan Brand's eye quailed beneath the old man's.
That daughter, from whom he so earnestly desired a
word of greeting, was the Esther of our tale, the very
girl whom, with such cold and remorseless purpose,

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

Ethan Brand had made the subject of a psychological
experiment, and wasted, absorbed, and perhaps annihilated
her soul, in the process.

“Yes,” murmured he, turning away from the hoary
wanderer; “it is no delusion. There is an Unpardonable
Sin!”

While these things were passing, a merry scene was
going forward in the area of cheerful light, beside the
spring and before the door of the hut. A number of the
youth of the village, young men and girls, had hurried
up the hill-side, impelled by curiosity to see Ethan
Brand, the hero of so many a legend familiar to their
childhood. Finding nothing, however, very remarkable
in his aspect, — nothing but a sun-burnt wayfarer, in
plain garb and dusty shoes, who sat looking into the
fire, as if he fancied pictures among the coals, — these
young people speedily grew tired of observing him. As
it happened, there was other amusement at hand. An
old German Jew, travelling with a diorama on his back,
was passing down the mountain-road towards the village
just as the party turned aside from it, and, in hopes of
eking out the profits of the day, the showman had kept
them company to the lime-kiln.

“Come, old Dutchman,” cried one of the young men,
“let us see your pictures, if you can swear they are
worth looking at!”

“O, yes, Captain,” answered the Jew, — whether as
a matter of courtesy or craft, he styled everybody
Captain, — “I shall show you, indeed, some very superb
pictures!”

So, placing his box in a proper position, he invited the
young men and girls to look through the glass orifices

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

of the machine, and proceeded to exhibit a series of the
most outrageous scratchings and daubings, as specimens
of the fine arts, that ever an itinerant showman had the
face to impose upon his circle of spectators. The pictures
were worn out, moreover, tattered, full of cracks and
wrinkles, dingy with tobacco-smoke, and otherwise in a
most pitiable condition. Some purported to be cities,
public edifices, and ruined castles in Europe; others
represented Napoleon's battles and Nelson's sea-fights;
and in the midst of these would be seen a gigantic,
brown, hairy hand, — which might have been mistaken
for the Hand of Destiny, though, in truth, it was only
the showman's, — pointing its forefinger to various scenes
of the conflict, while its owner gave historical illustrations.
When, with much merriment at its abominable
deficiency of merit, the exhibition was concluded, the
German bade little Joe put his head into the box.
Viewed through the magnifying glasses, the boy's round,
rosy visage assumed the strangest imaginable aspect of
an immense Titanic child, the mouth grinning broadly,
and the eyes and every other feature overflowing with fun
at the joke. Suddenly, however, that merry face turned
pale, and its expression changed to horror, for this easily
impressed and excitable child had become sensible that
the eye of Ethan Brand was fixed upon him through the
glass.

“You make the little man to be afraid, Captain,” said
the German Jew, turning up the dark and strong outline
of his visage, from his stooping posture. “But look
again, and, by chance, I shall cause you to see somewhat
that is very fine, upon my word!”

Ethan Brand gazed into the box for an instant, and

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

then starting back, looked fixedly at the German. What
had he seen? Nothing, apparently; for a curious youth,
who had peeped in almost at the same moment, beheld
only a vacant space of canvas.

“I remember you now,” muttered Ethan Brand to the
showman.

“Ah, Captain,” whispered the Jew of Nuremburg,
with a dark smile, “I find it to be a heavy matter in my
show-box, — this Unpardonable Sin! By my faith,
Captain, it has wearied my shoulders, this long day, to
carry it over the mountain.”

“Peace,” answered Ethan Brand, sternly, “or get
thee into the furnace yonder!”

The Jew's exhibition had scarcely concluded, when a
great, elderly dog, — who seemed to be his own master,
as no person in the company laid claim to him, — saw
fit to render himself the object of public notice. Hitherto,
he had shown himself a very quiet, well-disposed
old dog, going round from one to another, and, by way
of being sociable, offering his rough head to be patted by
any kindly hand that would take so much trouble. But
now, all of a sudden, this grave and venerable quadruped,
of his own mere motion, and without the slightest
suggestion from anybody else, began to run round after
his tail, which, to heighten the absurdity of the proceeding,
was a great deal shorter than it should have been.
Never was seen such headlong eagerness in pursuit of
an object that could not possibly be attained; never was
heard such a tremendous outbreak of growling, snarling,
barking, and snapping, — as if one end of the ridiculous
brute's body were at deadly and most unforgivable
enmity with the other. Faster and faster, round about

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

went the cur; and faster and still faster fled the unapproachable
brevity of his tail; and louder and fiercer
grew his yells of rage and animosity; until, utterly
exhausted, and as far from the goal as ever, the foolish
old dog ceased his performance as suddenly as he had
begun it. The next moment he was as mild, quiet, sensible,
and respectable in his deportment, as when he first
scraped acquaintance with the company.

As may be supposed, the exhibition was greeted with
universal laughter, clapping of hands, and shouts of
encore, to which the canine performer responded by
wagging all that there was to wag of his tail, but
appeared totally unable to repeat his very successful
effort to amuse the spectators.

Meanwhile, Ethan Brand had resumed his seat upon
the log, and moved, it might be, by a perception of some
remote analogy between his own case and that of this
self-pursuing cur, he broke into the awful laugh, which,
more than any other token, expressed the condition of
his inward being. From that moment, the merriment
of the party was at an end; they stood aghast, dreading
lest the inauspicious sound should be reverberated around
the horizon, and that mountain would thunder it to
mountain, and so the horror be prolonged upon their
ears. Then, whispering one to another that it was late,—
that the moon was almost down, — that the August
night was growing chill, — they hurried homewards,
leaving the lime-burner and little Joe to deal as they
might with their unwelcome guest. Save for these three
human beings, the open space on the hill-side was a solitude,
set in a vast gloom of forest. Beyond that darksome
verge, the fire-light glimmered on the stately

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

trunks and almost black foliage of pines, intermixed with
the lighter verdure of sapling oaks, maples, and poplars,
while here and there lay the gigantic corpses of dead
trees, decaying on the leaf-strewn soil. And it seemed
to little Joe — a timorous and imaginative child — that
the silent forest was holding its breath, until some fearful
thing should happen.

Ethan Brand thrust more wood into the fire, and
closed the door of the kiln; then looking over his
shoulder at the lime-burner and his son, he bade, rather
than advised, them to retire to rest.

“For myself, I cannot sleep,” said he. “I have matters
that it concerns me to meditate upon. I will watch
the fire, as I used to do in the old time.”

“And call the devil out of the furnace to keep you
company, I suppose,” muttered Bartram, who had been
making intimate acquaintance with the black bottle
above-mentioned. “But watch, if you like, and call as
many devils as you like! For my part, I shall be all
the better for a snooze. Come, Joe!”

As the boy followed his father into the hut, he looked
back at the wayfarer, and the tears came into his eyes,
for his tender spirit had an intuition of the bleak and
terrible loneliness in which this man had enveloped
himself.

When they had gone, Ethan Brand sat listening to
the crackling of the kindled wood, and looking at the
little spirits of fire that issued through the chinks of the
door. These trifles, however, once so familiar, had but
the slightest hold of his attention, while deep within his
mind he was reviewing the gradual but marvellous change
that had been wrought upon him by the search to which

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

he had devoted himself. He remembered how the night
dew had fallen upon him, — how the dark forest had
whispered to him, — how the stars had gleamed upon
him, — a simple and loving man, watching his fire in the
years gone by, and ever musing as it burned. He
remembered with what tenderness, with what love and
sympathy for mankind, and what pity for human guilt
and woe, he had first begun to contemplate those ideas
which afterwards became the inspiration of his life; with
what reverence he had then looked into the heart of
man, viewing it as a temple originally divine, and, however
desecrated, still to be held sacred by a brother;
with what awful fear he had deprecated the success of
his pursuit, and prayed that the Unpardonable Sin might
never be revealed to him. Then ensued that vast intellectual
development, which, in its progress, disturbed the
counterpoise between his mind and heart. The Idea
that possessed his life had operated as a means of education;
it had gone on cultivating his powers to the
highest point of which they were susceptible; it had
raised him from the level of an unlettered laborer to
stand on a star-lit eminence, whither the philosophers
of the earth, laden with the lore of universities, might
vainly strive to clamber after him. So much for the
intellect! But where was the heart? That, indeed,
had withered — had contracted — had hardened — had
perished! It had ceased to partake of the universal throb.
He had lost his hold of the magnetic chain of humanity.
He was no longer a brother-man, opening the chambers
or the dungeons of our common nature by the key of
holy sympathy, which gave him a right to share in all
its secrets; he was now a cold observer, looking on

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

mankind as the subject of his experiment, and, at length,
converting man and woman to be his puppets, and pulling
the wires that moved them to such degrees of crime
as were demanded for his study.

Thus Ethan Brand became a fiend. He began to be
so from the moment that his moral nature had ceased to
keep the pace of improvement with his intellect. And
now, as his highest effort and inevitable development, —
as the bright and gorgeous flower, and rich, delicious
fruit of his life's labor, — he had produced the Unpardonable
Sin!

“What more have I to seek? What more to achieve?”
said Ethan Brand to himself. “My task is done, and
well done!”

Starting from the log with a certain alacrity in his
gait, and ascending the hillock of earth that was raised
against the stone circumference of the lime-kiln, he thus
reached the top of the structure. It was a space of perhaps
ten feet across, from edge to edge, presenting a
view of the upper surface of the immense mass of broken
marble with which the kiln was heaped. All these innumerable
blocks and fragments of marble were red-hot
and vividly on fire, sending up great spouts of blue
flame, which quivered aloft and danced madly, as within
a magic circle, and sank and rose again, with continual
and multitudinous activity. As the lonely man bont
forward over this terrible body of fire, the blasting heat
smote up against his person with a breath that, it might
be supposed, would have scorched and shrivelled him up
in a moment.

Ethan Brand stood erect, and raised his arms on high.
The blue flames played upon his face, and imparted the

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

wild and ghastly light which alone could have suited its
expression; it was that of a fiend on the verge of plunging
into his gulf of intensest torment.

“O Mother Earth,” cried he, “who art no more my
Mother, and into whose bosom this frame shall never be
resolved! O mankind, whose brotherhood I have cast
off, and trampled thy great heart beneath my feet! O
stars of heaven, that shone on me of old, as if to light
me onward and upward! — farewell all, and forever.
Come, deadly element of Fire, — henceforth my familiar
friend! Embrace me, as I do thee!”

That night the sound of a fearful peal of laughter
rolled heavily through the sleep of the lime-burner and
his little son; dim shapes of horror and anguish haunted
their dreams, and seemed still present in the rude hovel,
when they opened their eyes to the daylight.

“Up, boy, up!” cried the lime-burner, staring about
him. “Thank Heaven, the night is gone, at last; and
rather than pass such another, I would watch my lime-kiln,
wide awake, for a twelvemonth. This Ethan
Brand, with his humbug of an Unpardonable Sin, has
done me no such mighty favor, in taking my place!”

He issued from the hut, followed by little Joe, who
kept fast hold of his father's hand. The early sunshine
was already pouring its gold upon the mountain-tops;
and though the valleys were still in shadow, they smiled
cheerfully in the promise of the bright day that was
hastening onward. The village, completely shut in by
hills, which swelled away gently about it, looked as if
it had rested peacefully in the hollow of the great hand
of Providence. Every dwelling was distinctly visible;
the little spires of the two churches pointed upwards, and

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

caught a fore-glimmering of brightness from the sun-gilt
skies upon their gilded weather-cocks. The tavern was
astir, and the figure of the old, smoke-dried stage-agent,
cigar in mouth, was seen beneath the stoop. Old Graylock
was glorified with a golden cloud upon his head.
Scattered likewise over the breasts of the surrounding
mountains, there were heaps of hoary mist, in fantastic
shapes, some of them far down into the valley, others
high up towards the summits, and still others, of the
same family of mist or cloud, hovering in the gold radiance
of the upper atmosphere. Stepping from one to
another of the clouds that rested on the hills, and thence
to the loftier brotherhood that sailed in air, it seemed
almost as if a mortal man might thus ascend into the
heavenly regions. Earth was so mingled with sky that
it was a day-dream to look at it.

To supply that charm of the familiar and homely,
which Nature so readily adopts into a scene like this,
the stage-coach was rattling down the mountain-road,
and the driver sounded his horn, while echo caught up
the notes, and intertwined them into a rich and varied
and elaborate harmony, of which the original performer
could lay claim to little share. The great hills played a
concert among themselves, each contributing a strain of
airy sweetness.

Little Joe's face brightened at once.

“Dear father,” cried he, skipping cheerily to and fro,
“that strange man is gone, and the sky and the mountains
all seem glad of it!”

“Yes,” growled the lime-burner, with an oath, “but
he has let the fire go down, and no thanks to him if five
hundred bushels of lime are not spoiled. If I catch the

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

fellow hereabouts again, I shall feel like tossing him into
the furnace!”

With his long pole in his hand, he ascended to the top
of the kiln. After a moment's pause, he called to his
son.

“Come up here, Joe!” said he.

So little Joe ran up the hillock, and stood by his
father's side. The marble was all burnt into perfect,
snow-white lime. But on its surface, in the midst of the
circle,—snow-white too, and thoroughly converted into
lime,—lay a human skeleton, in the attitude of a person
who, after long toil, lies down to long repose. Within
the ribs — strange to say — was the shape of a human
heart.

“Was the fellow's heart made of marble?” cried
Bartram, in some perplexity at this phenomenon. “At
any rate, it is burnt into what looks like special good
lime; and, taking all the bones together, my kiln is half
a bushel the richer for him.”

So saying, the rude lime-burner lifted his pole, and,
letting it fall upon the skeleton, the relics of Ethan
Brand were crumbled into fragments.

-- --

p578-132 A BELL'S BIOGRAPHY.

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

Hearken to our neighbor with the iron tongue!
While I sit musing over my sheet of foolscap, he
emphatically tells the hour, in tones loud enough for all
the town to hear, though doubtless intended only as a
gentle hint to myself, that I may begin his biography
before the evening shall be further wasted. Unquestionably,
a personage in such an elevated position, and
making so great a noise in the world, has a fair claim
to the services of a biographer. He is the representative
and most illustrious member of that innumerable
class, whose characteristic feature is the tongue, and
whose sole business, to clamor for the public good. If
any of his noisy brethren, in our tongue-governed
democracy, be envious of the superiority which I have
assigned him, they have my free consent to hang themselves
as high as he. And, for his history, let not the
reader apprehend an empty repetition of ding-dong-bell.
He has been the passive hero of wonderful vicissitudes,
with which I have chanced to become acquainted, possibly
from his own mouth; while the careless multitude
supposed him to be talking merely of the time of day,
or calling them to dinner or to church, or bidding drowsy
people go bedward, or the dead to their graves. Many
a revolution has it been his fate to go through, and

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

invariably with a prodigious uproar. And whether or no he
have told me his reminiscences, this at least is true, that
the more I study his deep-toned language, the more
sense, and sentiment, and soul, do I discover in it.

This bell — for we may as well drop our quaint personification—
is of antique French manufacture, and the
symbol of the cross betokens that it was meant to be
suspended in the belfry of a Romish place of worship.
The old people hereabout have a tradition, that a considerable
part of the metal was supplied by a brass
cannon, captured in one of the victories of Louis the
Fourteenth over the Spaniards, and that a Bourbon
princess threw her golden crucifix into the molten mass.
It is said, likewise, that a bishop baptized and blessed
the bell, and prayed that a heavenly influence might
mingle with its tones. When all due ceremonies had
been performed, the Grand Monarque bestowed the gift—
than which none could resound his beneficence more
loudly — on the Jesuits, who were then converting the
American Indians to the spiritual dominion of the Pope.
So the bell, — our self-same bell, whose familiar voice
we may hear at all hours, in the streets, — this very bell
sent forth its first-born accents from the tower of a log-built
chapel, westward of Lake Champlain, and near the
mighty stream of the Saint Lawrence. It was called
Our Lady's Chapel of the Forest. The peal went forth
as if to redeem and consecrate the heathen wilderness.
The wolf growled at the sound, as he prowled stealthily
through the underbrush; the grim bear turned his
back, and stalked sullenly away; the startled doe leaped
up, and led her fawn into a deeper solitude. The
red men wondered what awful voice was speaking amid

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

the wind that roared through the tree-tops; and following
reverentially its summons, the dark-robed fathers
blessed them, as they drew near the cross-crowned
chapel. In a little time, there was a crucifix on every
dusky bosom. The Indians knelt beneath the lowly
roof, worshipping in the same forms that were observed
under the vast dome of Saint Peter's, when the Pope
performed high mass in the presence of kneeling princes.
All the religious festivals, that awoke the chiming bells
of lofty cathedrals, called forth a peal from Our Lady's
Chapel of the Forest. Loudly rang the bell of the
wilderness while the streets of Paris echoed with
rejoicings for the birth-day of the Bourbon, or whenever
France had triumphed on some European battle-field.
And the solemn woods were suddened with a melancholy
knell, as often as the thick-strewn leaves were swept
away from the virgin soil, for the burial of an Indian
chief.

Meantime, the bells of a hostile people and a hostile
faith were ringing on Sabbaths and lecture-days, at
Boston and other Puritan towns. Their echoes died
away hundreds of miles south-eastward of Our Lady's
Chapel. But scouts had threaded the pathless desert
that lay between, and, from behind the huge tree-trunks,
perceived the Indians assembling at the summons of the
bell. Some bore flaxen-haired scalps at their girdles, as
if to lay those bloody trophies on Our Lady's altar. It
was reported, and believed, all through New England,
that the Pope of Rome, and the King of France, had
established this little chapel in the forest, for the purpose
of stirring up the red men to a crusade against the
English settlers. The latter took energetic measures to

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

secure their religion and their lives. On the eve of an
especial fast of the Romish church, while the bell tolled
dismally, and the priests were chanting a doleful stave,
a band of New England rangers rushed from the surrounding
woods. Fierce shouts, and the report of
musketry, pealed suddenly within the chapel. The
ministering priests threw themselves before the altar, and
were slain even on its steps. If, as antique traditions
tell us, no grass will grow where the blood of martyrs
has been shed, there should be a barren spot, to this very
day, on the site of that desecrated altar.

While the blood was still plashing from step to step,
the leader of the rangers seized a torch, and applied it to
the drapery of the shrine. The flame and smoke arose,
as from a burnt-sacrifice, at once illuminating and
obscuring the whole interior of the chapel, — now hiding
the dead priests in a sable shroud, now revealing them
and their slayers in one terrific glare. Some already
wished that the altar-smoke could cover the deed from
the sight of Heaven. But one of the rangers — a man
of sanctified aspect, though his hands were bloody —
approached the captain.

“Sir,” said he, “our village meeting-house lacks a
bell, and hitherto we have been fain to summon the good
people to worship by beat of drum. Give me, I pray
you, the bell of this popish chapel, for the sake of the
godly Mr. Rogers, who doubtless hath remembered us in
the prayers of the congregation, ever since we began our
march. Who can tell what share of this night's good
success we owe to that holy man's wrestling with the
Lord?”

“Nay, then,” answered the captain, “if good Mr.

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

Rogers hath holpen our enterprise, it is right that he
should share the spoil. Take the bell and welcome,
Deacon Lawson, if you will be at the trouble of carrying
it home. Hitherto it hath spoken nothing but papistry,
and that too in the French or Indian gibberish; but I
warrant me, if Mr. Rogers consecrate it anew, it will
talk like a good English and Protestant bell.”

So Deacon Lawson and half a score of his townsmen
took down the bell, suspended it on a pole, and bore it
away on their sturdy shoulders, meaning to carry it to
the shore of Lake Champlain, and thence homeward by
water. Far through the woods gleamed the flames of
Our Lady's Chapel, flinging fantastic shadows from the
clustered foliage, and glancing on brooks that had never
caught the sunlight. As the rangers traversed the midnight
forest, staggering under their heavy burden, the
tongue of the bell gave many a tremendous stroke, —
clang, clang, clang! — a most doleful sound, as if it were
tolling for the slaughter of the priests and the ruin of
the chapel. Little dreamed Deacon Lawson and his
townsmen that it was their own funeral knell. A war-party
of Indians had heard the report of musketry, and
seen the blaze of the chapel, and now were on the track
of the rangers, summoned to vengeance by the bell's
dismal murmurs. In the midst of a deep swamp, they
made a sudden onset on the retreating foe. Good Deacon
Lawson battled stoutly, but had his skull cloven by
a tomahawk, and sank into the depths of the morass,
with the ponderous bell above him. And, for many a
year thereafter, our hero's voice was heard no more on
earth, neither at the hour of worship, nor at festivals
nor funerals.

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

And is he still buried in that unknown grave?
Scarcely so, dear reader. Hark! How plainly we hear
him at this moment, the spokesman of Time, proclaiming
that it is nine o'clock at night! We may therefore
safely conclude that some happy chance has restored
him to upper air.

But there lay the bell, for many silent years; and the
wonder is, that he did not lie silent there a century, or
perhaps a dozen centuries, till the world should have forgotten
not only his voice, but the voices of the whole
brotherhood of bells. How would the first accent of his
iron tongue have startled his resurrectionists! But he
was not fated to be a subject of discussion among the
antiquaries of far posterity. Near the close of the Old
French War, a party of New England axe-men, who
preceded the march of Colonel Bradstreet toward Lake
Ontario, were building a bridge of logs through a swamp.
Plunging down a stake, one of these pioneers felt it
graze against some hard, smooth substance. He called
his comrades, and, by their united efforts, the top of the
bell was raised to the surface, a rope made fast to it, and
thence passed over the horizontal limb of a tree. Heaveoh!
up they hoisted their prize, dripping with moisture,
and festooned with verdant water-moss. As the base of
the bell emerged from the swamp, the pioneers perceived
that a skeleton was clinging with its bony fingers to the
clapper, but immediately relaxing its nerveless grasp,
sank back into the stagnant water. The bell then gave
forth a sullen clang. No wonder that he was in haste
to speak, after holding his tongue for such a length of
time! The pioneers shoved the bell to and fro, thus
ringing a loud and heavy peal, which echoed widely

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

through the forest, and reached the ears of Colonel
Bradstreet, and his three thousand men. The soldiers
paused on their march; a feeling of religion, mingled
with home-tenderness, overpowered their rude hearts;
each seemed to hear the clangor of the old church-bell,
which had been familiar to him from infancy, and had
tolled at the funerals of all his forefathers. By what
magic had that holy sound strayed over the wide-murmuring
ocean, and become audible amid the clash of
arms, the loud crashing of the artillery over the rough
wilderness-path, and the melancholy roar of the wind
among the boughs?

The New Englanders hid their prize in a shadowy
nook, betwixt a large gray stone and the earthy roots of
an overthrown tree; and when the campaign was ended,
they conveyed our friend to Boston, and put him up at
auction on the side-walk of King-street. He was suspended,
for the nonce, by a block and tackle, and being
swung backward and forward, gave such loud and clear
testimony to his own merits, that the auctioneer had no
need to say a word. The highest bidder was a rich old
representative from our town, who piously bestowed the
bell on the meeting-house where he had been a worshipper
for half a century. The good man had his reward.
By a strange coincidence, the very first duty of the sexton,
after the bell had been hoisted into the belfry, was
to toll the funeral knell of the donor. Soon, however,
those doleful echoes were drowned by a triumphant peal
for the surrender of Quebec.

Ever since that period, our hero has occupied the
same elevated station, and has put in his word on all
matters of public importance, civil, military, or religious.

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

On the day when Independence was first proclaimed in
the street beneath, he uttered a peal which many deemed
ominous and fearful, rather than triumphant. But he
has told the same story these sixty years, and none mistake
his meaning now. When Washington, in the
fulness of his glory, rode through our flower-strewn
streets, this was the tongue that bade the Father of his
Country welcome! Again the same voice was heard,
when La Fayette came to gather in his half-century's
harvest of gratitude. Meantime, vast changes have been
going on below. His voice, which once floated over a
little provincial seaport, is now reverberated between
brick edifices, and strikes the ear amid the buzz and
tumult of a city. On the Sabbaths of olden time, the
summons of the bell was obeyed by a picturesque and
varied throng; stately gentlemen in purple velvet coats,
embroidered waistcoats, white wigs and gold-laced hats,
stepping with grave courtesy beside ladies in flowered
satin gowns, and hoop-petticoats of majestic circumference;
while behind followed a liveried slave or bondsman,
bearing the psalm-book, and a stove for his mistress'
feet. The commonalty, clad in homely garb, gave precedence
to their betters at the door of the meeting-house,
as if admitting that there were distinctions between
them, even in the sight of God. Yet, as their coffins
were borne one after another through the street, the bell
has tolled a requiem for all alike. What mattered it,
whether or no there were a silver scutcheon on the
coffin-lid? “Open thy bosom, Mother Earth!” Thus
spake the bell. “Another of thy children is coming to
his long rest. Take him to thy bosom, and let him
slumber in peace.” Thus spake the bell, and Mother

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

Earth received her child. With the self-same tones will
the present generation be ushered to the embraces of
their mother; and Mother Earth will still receive her
children. Is not thy tongue a-weary, mournful talker
of two centuries? O, funeral bell! wilt thou never be
shattered with thine own melancholy strokes? Yea,
and a trumpet-call shall arouse the sleepers, whom thy
heavy clang could awake no more!

Again — again, thy voice, reminding me that I am
wasting the “midnight oil.” In my lonely fantasy, I
can scarce believe that other mortals have caught the
sound, or that it vibrates elsewhere than in my secret
soul. But to many hast thou spoken. Anxious men
have heard thee on their sleepless pillows, and bethought
themselves anew of to-morrow's care. In a brief interval
of wakefulness, the sons of toil have heard thee, and
say, “Is so much of our quiet slumber spent? — is the
morning so near at hand?” Crime has heard thee, and
mutters, “Now is the very hour!” Despair answers
thee, “Thus much of this weary life is gone!” The
young mother, on her bed of pain and ecstasy, has
counted thy echoing strokes, and dates from them her
first-born's share of life and immortality. The bridegroom
and the bride have listened, and feel that their
night of rapture flits like a dream away. Thine accents
have fallen faintly on the ear of the dying man, and
warned him that, ere thou speakest again, his spirit shall
have passed whither no voice of time can ever reach.
Alas for the departing traveller, if thy voice — the voice
of fleeting time — have taught him no lessons for Eternity!

-- --

p578-141 SYLPH ETHEREGE.

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

On a bright summer evening, two persons stood
among the shrubbery of a garden, stealthily watching a
young girl, who sat in the window-seat of a neighboring
mansion. One of these unseen observers, a gentleman,
was youthful, and had an air of high breeding and
refinement, and a face marked with intellect, though
otherwise of unprepossessing aspect. His features wore
even an ominous, though somewhat mirthful expression,
while he pointed his long forefinger at the girl, and
seemed to regard her as a creature completely within
the scope of his influence.

“The charm works!” said he, in a low, but emphatic
whisper.

“Do you know, Edward Hamilton, — since so you
choose to be named, — do you know,” said the lady
beside him, “that I have almost a mind to break the
spell at once? What if the lesson should prove too
severe! True, if my ward could be thus laughed out
of her fantastic nonsense, she might be the better for it
through life. But then, she is such a delicate creature!
And, besides, are you not ruining your own chance, by
putting forward this shadow of a rival?”

“But will he not vanish into thin air, at my bidding?”
rejoined Edward Hamilton. “Let the charm
work!”

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

The girl's slender and sylph-like figure, tinged with
radiance from the sunset clouds, and overhung with the
rich drapery of the silken curtains, and set within the
deep frame of the window, was a perfect picture; or,
rather, it was like the original loveliness in a painter's
fancy, from which the most finished picture is but
an imperfect copy. Though her occupation excited so
much interest in the two spectators, she was merely
gazing at a miniature which she held in her hand,
encased in white satin and red morocco; nor did there
appear to be any other cause for the smile of mockery
and malice with which Hamilton regarded her.

“The charm works!” muttered he, again. “Our
pretty Sylvia's scorn will have a dear retribution!”

At this moment the girl raised her eyes, and, instead
of a life-like semblance of the miniature, beheld the illomened
shape of Edward Hamilton, who now stepped
forth from his concealment in the shrubbery.

Sylvia Etherege was an orphan girl, who had spent
her life, till within a few months past, under the guardianship,
and in the secluded dwelling, of an old bachelor
uncle. While yet in her cradle, she had been the destined
bride of a cousin, who was no less passive in the
betrothal than herself. Their future union had been
projected, as the means of uniting two rich estates, and
was rendered highly expedient, if not indispensable, by
the testamentary dispositions of the parents on both
sides. Edgar Vaughan, the promised bridegroom, had
been bred from infancy in Europe, and had never seen
the beautiful girl whose heart he was to claim as his
inheritance. But already, for several years, a correspondence
had been kept up between the cousins, and

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

had produced an intellectual intimacy, though it could
but imperfectly acquaint them with each other's character.

Sylvia was shy, sensitive, and fanciful; and her
guardian's secluded habits had shut her out from even
so much of the world as is generally open to maidens
of her age. She had been left to seek associates and
friends for herself in the haunts of imagination, and
to converse with them, sometimes in the language of
dead poets, oftener in the poetry of her own mind.
The companion whom she chiefly summoned up was
the cousin with whose idea her earliest thoughts had
been connected. She made a vision of Edgar Vaughan,
and tinted it with stronger hues than a mere fancy-picture,
yet graced it with so many bright and delicate
perfections, that her cousin could nowhere have encountered
so dangerous a rival. To this shadow she cherished
a romantic fidelity. With its airy presence sitting
by her side, or gliding along her favorite paths, the
loneliness of her young life was blissful; her heart was
satisfied with love, while yet its virgin purity was
untainted by the earthliness that the touch of a real
lover would have left there. Edgar Vaughan seemed
to be conscious of her character; for, in his letters, he
gave her a name that was happily appropriate to the
sensitiveness of her disposition, the delicate peculiarity
of her manners, and the ethereal beauty both of her
mind and person. Instead of Sylvia, he called her
Sylph, — with the prerogative of a cousin and a lover, —
his dear Sylph Etherege.

When Sylvia was seventeen, her guardian died, and
she passed under the care of Mrs. Grosvenor, a lady

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

of wealth and fashion, and Sylvia's nearest relative,
though a distant one. While an inmate of Mrs. Grosvenor's
family, she still preserved somewhat of her life-long
habits of seclusion, and shrank from a too familiar
intercourse with those around her. Still, too, she was
faithful to her cousin, or to the shadow which bore his
name.

The time now drew near when Edgar Vaughan,
whose education had been completed by an extensive
range of travel, was to revisit the soil of his nativity.
Edward Hamilton, a young gentleman, who had been
Vaughan's companion, both in his studies and rambles,
had already recrossed the Atlantic, bringing letters to
Mrs. Grosvenor and Sylvia Etherege. These credentials
insured him an earnest welcome, which, however,
on Sylvia's part, was not followed by personal partiality,
or even the regard that seemed due to her cousin's most
intimate friend. As she herself could have assigned no
cause for her repugnance, it might be termed instinctive.
Hamilton's person, it is true, was the reverse of attractive,
especially when beheld for the first time. Yet, in
the eyes of the most fastidious judges, the defect of
natural grace was compensated by the polish of his
manners, and by the intellect which so often gleamed
through his dark features. Mrs. Grosvenor, with whom
he immediately became a prodigious favorite, exerted
herself to overcome Sylvia's dislike. But, in this
matter, her ward could neither be reasoned with nor
persuaded. The presence of Edward Hamilton was
sure to render her cold, shy, and distant, abstracting all
the vivacity from her deportment, as if a cloud had
come betwixt her and the sunshine.

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

The simplicity of Sylvia's demeanor rendered it easy
for so keen an observer as Hamilton to detect her feelings.
Whenever any slight circumstance made him
sensible of them, a smile might be seen to flit over the
young man's sallow visage. None, that had once beheld
this smile, were in any danger of forgetting it; whenever
they recalled to memory the features of Edward
Hamilton, they were always duskily illuminated by this
expression of mockery and malice.

In a few weeks after Hamilton's arrival, he presented
to Sylvia Etherege a miniature of her cousin, which,
as he informed her, would have been delivered sooner,
but was detained with a portion of his baggage. This
was the miniature in the contemplation of which we
beheld Sylvia so absorbed, at the commencement of our
story. Such, in truth, was too often the habit of the
shy and musing girl. The beauty of the pictured countenance
was almost too perfect to represent a human
creature, that had been born of a fallen and world-worn
race, and had lived to manhood amid ordinary troubles
and enjoyments, and must become wrinkled with age
and care. It seemed too bright for a thing formed of
dust, and doomed to crumble into dust again. Sylvia
feared that such a being would be too refined and delicate
to love a simple girl like her. Yet, even while her
spirit drooped with that apprehension, the picture was
but the masculine counterpart of Sylph Etherege's
sylph-like beauty. There was that resemblance between
her own face and the miniature which is said often
to exist between lovers whom Heaven has destined for
each other, and which, in this instance, might be owing
to the kindred blood of the two parties. Sylvia felt,

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

indeed, that there was something familiar in the countenance,
so like a friend did the eyes smile upon her,
and seem to imply a knowledge of her thoughts. She
could account for this impression only by supposing
that, in some of her day-dreams, imagination had conjured
up the true similitude of her distant and unseen
lover.

But now could Sylvia give a brighter semblance of
reality to those day-dreams. Clasping the miniature to
her heart, she could summon forth, from that haunted
cell of pure and blissful fantasies, the life-like shadow,
to roam with her in the moonlight garden. Even at
noontide it sat with her in the arbor, when the sunshine
threw its broken flakes of gold into the clustering shade.
The effect upon her mind was hardly less powerful
than if she had actually listened to, and reciprocated,
the vows of Edgar Vaughan; for, though the illusion
never quite deceived her, yet the remembrance was as
distinct as of a remembered interview. Those heavenly
eyes gazed forever into her soul, which drank at them
as at a fountain, and was disquieted if reality threw a
momentary cloud between. She heard the melody of a
voice breathing sentiments with which her own chimed
in like music. O, happy, yet hapless girl! Thus to
create the being whom she loves, to endow him with all
the attributes that were most fascinating to her heart,
and then to flit with the airy creature into the realm
of fantasy and moonlight, where dwelt his dreamy kindred!
For her lover wiled Sylvia away from earth,
which seemed strange, and dull, and darksome, and
lured her to a country where her spirit roamed in
peaceful rapture, deeming that it had found its home.

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

Many, in their youth, have visited that land of dreams,
and wandered so long in its enchanted groves, that,
when banished thence, they feel like exiles everywhere.

The dark-browed Edward Hamilton, like the villain
of a tale, would often glide through the romance wherein
poor Sylvia walked. Sometimes, at the most blissful
moment of her ecstasy, when the features of the miniature
were pictured brightest in the air, they would suddenly
change, and darken, and be transformed into his
visage. And always, when such change occurred, the
intrusive visage wore that peculiar smile with which
Hamilton had glanced at Sylvia.

Before the close of summer, it was told Sylvia
Etherege that Vaughan had arrived from France, and
that she would meet him — would meet, for the first
time, the loved of years — that very evening. We will
not tell how often and how earnestly she gazed upon
the miniature, thus endeavoring to prepare herself for
the approaching interview, lest the throbbing of her
timorous heart should stifle the words of welcome.
While the twilight grew deeper and duskier, she sat
with Mrs. Grosvenor in an inner apartment, lighted only
by the softened gleam from an alabaster lamp, which
was burning at a distance on the centre-table of the
drawing-room. Never before had Sylph Etherege
looked so sylph-like. She had communed with a creature
of imagination, till her own loveliness seemed but
the creation of a delicate and dreamy fancy. Every
vibration of her spirit was visible in her frame, as she
listened to the rattling of wheels and the tramp upon the
pavement, and deemed that even the breeze bore the
sound of her lover's footsteps, as if he trode upon the

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

viewless air. Mrs. Grosvenor, too, while she watched
the tremulous flow of Sylvia's feelings, was deeply
moved; she looked uneasily at the agitated girl, and
was about to speak, when the opening of the street door
arrested the words upon her lips.

Footsteps ascended the staircase, with a confident and
familiar tread, and some one entered the drawing-room.
From the sofa where they sat, in the inner apartment,
Mrs. Grosvenor and Sylvia could not discern the visiter.

“Sylph!” cried a voice. “Dearest Sylph! Where
are you, sweet Sylph Etherege? Here is your Edgar
Vaughan!”

But instead of answering, or rising to meet her lover,—
who had greeted her by the sweet and fanciful name,
which, appropriate as it was to her character, was known
only to him, — Sylvia grasped Mrs. Grosvenor's arm,
while her whole frame shook with the throbbing of her
heart.

“Who is it?” gasped she. “Who calls me Sylph?”

Before Mrs. Grosvenor could reply, the stranger
entered the room, bearing the lamp in his hand.
Approaching the sofa, he displayed to Sylvia the features
of Edward Hamilton, illuminated by that evil
smile, from which his face derived so marked an individuality.

“Is not the miniature an admirable likeness?” inquired
he.

Sylvia shuddered, but had not power to turn away
her white face from his gaze. The miniature, which
she had been holding in her hand, fell down upon the
floor, where Hamilton, or Vaughan, set his foot upon it,
and crushed the ivory counterfeit to fragments.

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

“There, my sweet Sylph!” he exclaimed. “It was
I that created your phantom-lover, and now I annihilate
him! Your dream is rudely broken. Awake, Sylph
Etherege, awake to truth! I am the only Edgar
Vaughan!”

“We have gone too far, Edgar Vaughan,” said Mrs.
Grosvenor, catching Sylvia in her arms. The revengeful
freak, which Vaughan's wounded vanity had suggested,
had been countenanced by this lady, in the hope
of curing Sylvia of her romantic notions, and reconciling
her to the truths and realities of life. “Look at the
poor child!” she continued. “I protest I tremble for
the consequences!”

“Indeed, madam!” replied Vaughan, sneeringly, as
he threw the light of the lamp on Sylvia's closed eyes
and marble features. “Well, my conscience is clear.
I did but look into this delicate creature's heart; and
with the pure fantasies that I found there, I made what
seemed a man, — and the delusive shadow has wiled her
away to Shadow-land, and vanished there! It is no
new tale. Many a sweet maid has shared the lot of
poor Sylph Etherege!”

“And now, Edgar Vaughan,” said Mrs. Grosvenor,
as Sylvia's heart began faintly to throb again, “now try,
in good earnest, to win back her love from the phantom
which you conjured up. If you succeed, she will be the
better, her whole life long, for the lesson we have given
her.”

Whether the result of the lesson corresponded with
Mrs. Grosvenor's hopes, may be gathered from the
closing scene of our story. It had been made known
to the fashionable world that Edgar Vaughan had

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

returned from France, and, under the assumed name
of Edward Hamilton, had won the affections of the
lovely girl to whom he had been affianced in his boyhood.
The nuptials were to take place at an early
date. One evening, before the day of anticipated bliss
arrived, Edgar Vaughan entered Mrs. Grosvenor's drawing-room,
where he found that lady and Sylph Etherege.

“Only that Sylvia makes no complaint,” remarked
Mrs. Grosvenor, “I should apprehend that the town air
is ill-suited to her constitution. She was always,
indeed, a delicate creature; but now she is a mere gossamer.
Do but look at her! Did you ever imagine
anything so fragile?”

Vaughan was already attentively observing his mistress,
who sat in a shadowy and moonlighted recess of
the room, with her dreamy eyes fixed steadfastly upon
his own. The bough of a tree was waving before the
window, and sometimes enveloped her in the gloom of
its shadow, into which she seemed to vanish.

“Yes,” he said, to Mrs. Grosvenor. “I can scarcely
deem her `of the earth, earthy.' No wonder that I call
her Sylph! Methinks she will fade into the moonlight,
which falls upon her through the window. Or, in the
open air, she might flit away upon the breeze, like a
wreath of mist!”

Sylvia's eyes grew yet brighter. She waved her
hand to Edgar Vaughan, with a gesture of ethereal
triumph.

“Farewell!” she said. “I will neither fade into the
moonlight, nor flit away upon the breeze. Yet you
cannot keep me here!”

There was something in Sylvia's look and tones that

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

startled Mrs. Grosvenor with a terrible apprehension.
But, as she was rushing towards the girl, Vaughan held
her back.

“Stay!” cried he, with a strange smile of mockery
and anguish. “Can our sweet Sylph be going to
heaven, to seek the original of the miniature?”

-- --

p578-152 THE CANTERBURY PILGRIMS.

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

The summer moon, which shines in so many a tale,
was beaming over a broad extent of uneven country.
Some of its brightest rays were flung into a spring of
water, where no traveller, toiling, as the writer has, up
the hilly road beside which it gushes, ever failed to
quench his thirst. The work of neat hands and considerate
art was visible about this blessed fountain. An
open cistern, hewn and hollowed out of solid stone, was
placed above the waters, which filled it to the brim, but,
by some invisible outlet, were conveyed away without
dripping down its sides. Though the basin had not
room for another drop, and the continual gush of water
made a tremor on the surface, there was a secret charm
that forbade it to overflow. I remember, that when I
had slaked my summer thirst, and sat panting by the
cistern, it was my fanciful theory, that nature could not
afford to lavish so pure a liquid, as she does the waters
of all meaner fountains.

While the moon was hanging almost perpendicularly
over this spot, two figures appeared on the summit of the
hill, and came with noiseless footsteps down towards the
spring. They were then in the first freshness of youth;
nor is there a wrinkle now on either of their brows, and
yet they wore a strange, old-fashioned garb. One, a
young man with ruddy cheeks, walked beneath the

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

canopy of a broad-brimmed gray hat; he seemed to
have inherited his great-grandsire's square-skirted coat,
and a waistcoat that extended its immense flaps to his
knees; his brown locks, also, hung down behind, in a
mode unknown to our times. By his side was a sweet
young damsel, her fair features sheltered by a prim little
bonnet, within which appeared the vestal muslin of a
cap; her close, long-waisted gown, and indeed her whole
attire, might have been worn by some rustic beauty who
had faded half a century before. But that there was
something too warm and life-like in them, I would here
have compared this couple to the ghosts of two young
lovers, who had died long since in the glow of passion,
and now were straying out of their graves, to renew the
old vows, and shadow forth the unforgotten kiss of their
earthly lips, beside the moonlit spring.

“Thee and I will rest here a moment, Miriam,” said
the young man, as they drew near the stone cistern, “for
there is no fear that the elders know what we have
done; and this may be the last time we shall ever taste
this water.”

Thus speaking, with a little sadness in his face, which
was also visible in that of his companion, he made her
sit down on a stone, and was about to place himself very
close to her side; she, however, repelled him, though not
unkindly.

“Nay, Josiah,” said she, giving him a timid push with
her maiden hand, “thee must sit further off, on that
other stone, with the spring between us. What would
the sisters say, if thee were to sit so close to me?”

“But we are of the world's people now, Miriam,”
answered Josiah.

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

The girl persisted in her prudery, nor did the youth,
in fact, seem altogether free from a similar sort of shyness;
so they sat apart from each other, gazing up the
hill, where the moonlight discovered the tops of a group
of buildings. While their attention was thus occupied,
a party of travellers, who had come wearily up the long
ascent, made a halt to refresh themselves at the spring.
There were three men, a woman, and a little girl and
boy. Their attire was mean, covered with the dust of
the summer's day, and damp with the night-dew; they
all looked woe-begone, as if the cares and sorrows of the
world had made their steps heavier as they climbed the
hill; even the two little children appeared older in evil
days than the young man and maiden who had first
approached the spring.

“Good-evening to you, young folks,” was the salutation
of the travellers; and “Good-evening, friends,”
replied the youth and damsel.

“Is that white building the Shaker meeting-house?”
asked one of the strangers. “And are those the red
roofs of the Shaker village?”

“Friend, it is the Shaker village,” answered Josiah,
after some hesitation.

The travellers, who, from the first, had looked suspiciously
at the garb of these young people, now taxed them
with an intention which all the circumstances, indeed,
rendered too obvious to be mistaken.

“It is true, friends,” replied the young man, summoning
up his courage. “Miriam and I have a gift to love
each other, and we are going among the world's people,
to live after their fashion. And ye know that we do not

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

transgress the law of the land; and neither ye, nor the
elders themselves, have a right to hinder us.”

“Yet you think it expedient to depart without leave-taking,”
remarked one of the travellers.

“Yea, ye-a,” said Josiah, reluctantly, “because father
Job is a very awful man to speak with; and being aged
himself, he has but little charity for what he calls the
iniquities of the flesh.”

“Well,” said the stranger, “we will neither use force
to bring you back to the village, nor will we betray you
to the elders. But sit you here a while, and when you
have heard what we shall tell you of the world which
we have left, and into which you are going, perhaps you
will turn back with us of your own accord. What say
you?” added he, turning to his companions. “We have
travelled thus far without becoming known to each
other. Shall we tell our stories, here by this pleasant
spring, for our own pastime, and the benefit of these
misguided young lovers?”

In accordance with this proposal, the whole party
stationed themselves round the stone cistern; the two
children, being very weary, fell asleep upon the damp
earth, and the pretty Shaker girl, whose feelings were
those of a nun or a Turkish lady, crept as close as possible
to the female traveller, and as far as she well could
from the unknown men. The same person who had
hitherto been the chief spokesman now stood up, waving
his hat in his hand, and suffered the moonlight to fall
full upon his front.

“In me,” said he, with a certain majesty of utterance,
“in me, you behold a poet.”

Though a lithographic print of this gentleman is

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

extant, it may be well to notice that he was now nearly
forty, a thin and stooping figure, in a black coat, out at
elbows; notwithstanding the ill condition of his attire,
there were about him several tokens of a peculiar sort of
foppery, unworthy of a mature man, particularly in the
arrangement of his hair, which was so disposed as to give
all possible loftiness and breadth to his forehead. However,
he had an intelligent eye, and, on the whole, a
marked countenance.

“A poet!” repeated the young Shaker, a little puzzled
how to understand such a designation, seldom heard in
the utilitarian community where he had spent his life.
“O, ay, Miriam, he means a varse-maker, thee must
know.”

This remark jarred upon the susceptible nerves of the
poet; nor could he help wondering what strange fatality
had put into this young man's mouth an epithet, which
ill-natured people had affirmed to be more proper to his
merit than the one assumed by himself.

“True, I am a verse-maker,” he resumed, “but my
verse is no more than the material body into which I
breathe the celestial soul of thought. Alas! how many
a pang has it cost me, this same insensibility to the
ethereal essence of poetry, with which you have here
tortured me again, at the moment when I am to
relinquish my profession forever! O Fate! why hast
thou warred with Nature, turning all her higher and
more perfect gifts to the ruin of me, their possessor?
What is the voice of song, when the world lacks the ear
of taste? How can I rejoice in my strength and delicacy
of feeling, when they have but made great sorrows
out of little ones? Have I dreaded scorn like death,

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

and yearned for fame as others pant for vital air, only to
find myself in a middle state between obscurity and
infamy? But I have my revenge! I could have given
existence to a thousand bright creations. I crush them
into my heart, and there let them putrefy! I shake off
the dust of my feet against my countrymen! But posterity,
tracing my footsteps up this weary hill, will cry
shame upon the unworthy age that drove one of the
fathers of American song to end his days in a Shaker
village!”

During this harangue, the speaker gesticulated with
great energy; and, as poetry is the natural language of
passion, there appeared reason to apprehend his final
explosion into an ode extempore. The reader must
understand that, for all these bitter words, he was a kind,
gentle, harmless, poor fellow enough, whom Nature, tossing
her ingredients together without looking at her recipe,
had sent into the world with too much of one sort of
brain, and hardly any of another.

“Friend,” said the young Shaker, in some perplexity,
“thee seemest to have met with great troubles; and,
doubtless, I should pity them, if — if I could but understand
what they were.”

“Happy in your ignorance!” replied the poet, with an
air of sublime superiority. “To your coarser mind,
perhaps, I may seem to speak of more important griefs,
when I add, what I had well-nigh forgotten, that I am
out at elbows, and almost starved to death. At any rate,
you have the advice and example of one individual to
warn you back; for I am come hither, a disappointed
man, flinging aside the fragments of my hopes, and

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

seeking shelter in the calm retreat which you are so
anxious to leave.”

“I thank thee, friend,” rejoined the youth, “but I do
not mean to be a poet, nor, Heaven be praised! do I think
Miriam ever made a varse in her life. So we need not
fear thy disappointments. But, Miriam,” he added,
with real concern, “thee knowest that the elders admit
nobody that has not a gift to be useful. Now, what
under the sun can they do with this poor varse-maker?”

“Nay, Josiah, do not thee discourage the poor man,”
said the girl, in all simplicity and kindness. “Our
hymns are very rough, and perhaps they may trust him
to smooth them.”

Without noticing this hint of professional employment,
the poet turned away, and gave himself up to a sort of
vague reverie, which he called thought. Sometimes he
watched the moon, pouring a silvery liquid on the clouds,
through which it slowly melted till they became all
bright; then he saw the same sweet radiance dancing on
the leafy trees which rustled as if to shake it off, or
sleeping on the high tops of hills, or hovering down in
distant valleys, like the material of unshaped dreams;
lastly, he looked into the spring, and there the light was
mingling with the water. In its crystal bosom, too,
beholding all heaven reflected there, he found an emblem
of a pure and tranquil breast. He listened to that most
ethereal of all sounds, the song of crickets, coming in
full choir upon the wind, and fancied that, if moonlight
could be heard, it would sound just like that. Finally,
he took a draught at the Shaker spring, and, as if it
were the true Castalia, was forthwith moved to compose
a lyric, a Farewell to his Harp, which he swore

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

should be its closing strain, the last verse that an
ungrateful world should have from him. This effusion,
with two or three other little pieces, subsequently written,
he took the first opportunity to send, by one of the
Shaker brethren, to Concord, where they were published
in the New Hampshire Patriot.

Meantime, another of the Canterbury pilgrims, one so
different from the poet that the delicate fancy of the
latter could hardly have conceived of him, began to
relate his sad experience. He was a small man, of
quick and unquiet gestures, about fifty years old, with a
narrow forehead, all wrinkled and drawn together. He
held in his hand a pencil, and a card of some commission-merchant
in foreign parts, on the back of which, for
there was light enough to read or write by, he seemed
ready to figure out a calculation.

“Young man,” said he, abruptly, “what quantity of
land do the Shakers own here, in Canterbury?”

“That is more than I can tell thee, friend,” answered
Josiah, “but it is a very rich establishment, and for a
long way by the road-side thee may guess the land to
be ours, by the neatness of the fences.”

“And what may be the value of the whole,” continued
the stranger, “with all the buildings and improvements,
pretty nearly, in round numbers?”

“O, a monstrous sum, — more than I can reckon,”
replied the young Shaker.

“Well, sir,” said the pilgrim, “there was a day, and
not very long ago, neither, when I stood at my counting-room
window, and watched the signal flags of three of
my own ships entering the harbor, from the East Indies,
from Liverpool, and from up the Straits; and I would

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

not have given the invoice of the least of them for the
title-deeds of this whole Shaker settlement. You stare.
Perhaps, now, you won't believe that I could have put
more value on a little piece of paper, no bigger than the
palm of your hand, than all these solid acres of grain,
grass and pasture-land, would sell for?”

“I won't dispute it, friend,” answered Josiah, “but I
know I had rather have fifty acres of this good land than
a whole sheet of thy paper.”

“You may say so now,” said the ruined merchant,
bitterly, “for my name would not be worth the paper I
should write it on. Of course, you must have heard of
my failure?”

And the stranger mentioned his name, which, however
mighty it might have been in the commercial world, the
young Shaker had never heard of among the Canterbury
hills.

“Not heard of my failure!” exclaimed the merchant,
considerably piqued. “Why, it was spoken of on
'Change in London, and from Boston to New Orleans
men trembled in their shoes. At all events, I did fail,
and you see me here on my road to the Shaker village,
where, doubtless (for the Shakers are a shrewd sect),
they will have a due respect for my experience, and
give me the management of the trading part of the concern,
in which case, I think I can pledge myself to double
their capital in four or five years. Turn back with me,
young man; for though you will never meet with my
good luck, you can hardly escape my bad.”

“I will not turn back for this,” replied Josiah, calmly,
“any more than for the advice of the varse-maker,
between whom and thee, friend, I see a sort of likeness,

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

though I can't justly say where it lies. But Miriam and
I can earn our daily bread among the world's people, as
well as in the Shaker village. And do we want anything
more, Miriam?”

“Nothing more, Josiah,” said the girl, quietly.

“Yea, Miriam, and daily bread for some other little
mouths, if God send them,” observed the simple Shaker
lad.

Miriam did not reply, but looked down into the spring,
where she encountered the image of her own pretty face,
blushing within the prim little bonnet. The third pilgrim
now took up the conversation. He was a sunburnt
countryman, of tall frame and bony strength, on whose
rude and manly face there appeared a darker, more
sullen and obstinate despondency, than on those of either
the poet or the merchant.

“Well, now, youngster,” he began, “these folks have
had their say, so I 'll take my turn. My story will cut
but a poor figure by the side of theirs; for I never
supposed that I could have a right to meat and drink,
and great praise besides, only for tagging rhymes
together, as it seems this man does; nor ever tried to
get the substance of hundreds into my own hands, like
the trader there. When I was about of your years, I
married me a wife, — just such a neat and pretty young
woman as Miriam, if that 's her name, — and all I asked
of Providence was an ordinary blessing on the sweat of
my brow, so that we might be decent and comfortable,
and have daily bread for ourselves, and for some other
little mouths that we soon had to feed. We had no very
great prospects before us; but I never wanted to be idle;

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

and I thought it a matter of course that the Lord would
help me, because I was willing to help myself.”

“And did n't he help thee, friend?” demanded
Josiah, with some eagerness.

“No,” said the yeoman, sullenly; “for then you
would not have seen me here. I have labored hard for
years; and my means have been growing narrower, and
my living poorer, and my heart colder and heayier, all
the time; till at last I could bear it no longer. I set
myself down to calculate whether I had best go on the
Oregon expedition, or come here to the Shaker village;
but I had not hope enough left in me to begin the world
over again; and, to make my story short, here I am.
And now, youngster, take my advice, and turn back; or
else, some few years hence, you 'll have to climb this
hill, with as heavy a heart as mine.”

This simple story had a strong effect on the young
fugitives. The misfortunes of the poet and merchant
had won little sympathy from their plain good sense and
unworldly feelings, qualities which made them such
unprejudiced and inflexible judges, that few men would
have chosen to take the opinion of this youth and
maiden as to the wisdom or folly of their pursuits. But
here was one whose simple wishes had resembled their
own, and who, after efforts which almost gave him a
right to claim success from fate, had failed in accomplishing
them.

“But thy wife, friend?” exclaimed the young man,
“What became of the pretty girl, like Miriam? O, I
am afraid she is dead!”

“Yea, poor man, she must be dead, — she and the
children, too,” sobbed Miriam.

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

The female pilgrim had been leaning over the spring,
wherein latterly a tear or two might have been seen to
fall, and form its little circle on the surface of the water.
She now looked up, disclosing features still comely, but
which had acquired an expression of fretfulness, in the
same long course of evil fortune that had thrown a
sullen gloom over the temper of the unprosperous yeoman.

“I am his wife,” said she, a shade of irritability just
perceptible in the sadness of her tone. “These poor
little things, asleep on the ground, are two of our
children. We had two more, but God has provided
better for them than we could, by taking them to himself.”

“And what would thee advise Josiah and me to do?”
asked Miriam, this being the first question which she
had put to either of the strangers.

“'T is a thing almost against nature for a woman to
try to part true lovers,” answered the yeoman's wife,
after a pause; “but I 'll speak as truly to you as if these
were my dying words. Though my husband told you
some of our troubles, he did n't mention the greatest, and
that which makes all the rest so hard to bear. If you and
your sweetheart marry, you 'll be kind and pleasant to
each other for a year or two, and while that 's the case,
you never will repent; but, by and by, he 'll grow
gloomy, rough, and hard to please, and you 'll be peevish,
and full of little angry fits, and apt to be complaining by
the fireside, when he comes to rest himself from his
troubles out of doors; so your love will wear away by
little and little, and leave you miserable at last. It has

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

been so with us; and yet my husband and I were true
lovers once, if ever two young folks were.”

As she ceased, the yeoman and his wife exchanged a
glance, in which there was more and warmer affection
than they had supposed to have escaped the frost of a
wintry fate, in either of their breasts. At that moment,
when they stood on the utmost verge of married life, one
word fitly spoken, or perhaps one peculiar look, had they
had mutual confidence enough to reciprocate it, might
have renewed all their old feelings, and sent them back,
resolved to sustain each other amid the struggles of the
world. But the crisis passed, and never came again. Just
then, also, the children, roused by their mother's voice,
looked up, and added their wailing accents to the testimony
borne by all the Canterbury pilgrims against the
world from which they fled.

“We are tired and hungry!” cried they. “Is it far to
the Shaker village?”

The Shaker youth and maiden looked mournfully into
each other's eyes. They had but stepped across the
threshold of their homes, when lo! the dark array of
cares and sorrows that rose up to warn them back. The
varied narratives of the strangers had arranged themselves
into a parable; they seemed not merely instances
of woful fate that had befallen others, but shadowy
omens of disappointed hope, and unavailing toil, domestic
grief, and estranged affection, that would cloud the
onward path of these poor fugitives. But after one
instant's hesitation, they opened their arms, and sealed
their resolve with as pure and fond an embrace as ever
youthful love had hallowed.

“We will not go back,” said they. “The world

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

never can be dark to us, for we will always love one
another.”

Then the Canterbury pilgrims went up the hill, while
the poet chanted a drear and desperate stanza of the
Farewell to his Harp, fitting music for that melancholy
band. They sought a home where all former ties of
nature or society would be sundered, and all old distinctions
levelled, and a cold and passionless security be
substituted for mortal hope and fear, as in that other
refuge of the world's weary outcasts, the grave. The
lovers drank at the Shaker spring, and then, with
chastened hopes, but more confiding affections, went on
to mingle in an untried life.

-- --

p578-166 OLD NEWS.

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

Here is a volume of what were once newspapers,
each on a small half-sheet, yellow and time-stained, of
a coarse fabric, and imprinted with a rude old type.
Their aspect conveys a singular impression of antiquity,
in a species of literature which we are accustomed to
consider as connected only with the present moment.
Ephemeral as they were intended and supposed to be,
they have long outlived the printer and his whole subscription-list,
and have proved more durable, as to their
physical existence, than most of the timber, bricks, and
stone, of the town where they were issued. These are
but the least of their triumphs. The government,
the interests, the opinions, in short, all the moral circumstances
that were contemporary with their publication,
have passed away, and left no better record of what
they were than may be found in these frail leaves.
Happy are the editors of newspapers! Their productions
excel all others in immediate popularity, and are
certain to acquire another sort of value with the lapse of
time. They scatter their leaves to the wind, as the
sybil did, and posterity collects them, to be treasured up
among the best materials of its wisdom. With hasty
pens they write for immortality.

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

It is pleasant to take one of these little dingy half-sheets
between the thumb and finger, and picture forth
the personage who, above ninety years ago, held it, wet
from the press, and steaming, before the fire. Many of
the numbers bear the name of an old colonial dignitary.
There he sits, a major, a member of the council, and a
weighty merchant, in his high-backed arm-chair, wearing
a solemn wig and grave attire, such as befits his
imposing gravity of mien, and displaying but little
finery, except a huge pair of silver shoe-buckles, curiously
carved. Observe the awful reverence of his visage,
as he reads His Majesty's most gracious speech;
and the deliberate wisdom with which he ponders over
some paragraph of provincial politics, and the keener
intelligence with which he glances at the ship-news and
commercial advertisements. Observe, and smile! He
may have been a wise man in his day; but, to us, the
wisdom of the politician appears like folly, because we
can compare its prognostics with actual results; and the
old merchant seems to have busied himself about vanities,
because we know that the expected ships have been
lost at sea, or mouldered at the wharves; that his
imported broadcloths were long ago worn to tatters, and
his cargoes of wine quaffed to the lees; and that the
most precious leaves of his ledger have become wastepaper.
Yet, his avocations were not so vain as our
philosophic moralizing. In this world, we are the things
of a moment, and are made to pursue momentary things,
with here and there a thought that stretches mistily
towards eternity, and perhaps may endure as long. All
philosophy that would abstract mankind from the present
is no more than words.

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

The first pages of most of these old papers are as
soporific as a bed of poppies. Here we have an erudite
clergyman, or perhaps a Cambridge professor, occupying
several successive weeks with a criticism on Tate and
Brady, as compared with the New England version of
the Psalms. Of course, the preference is given to the
native article. Here are doctors disagreeing about the
treatment of a putrid fever then prevalent, and blackguarding
each other with a characteristic virulence that
renders the controversy not altogether unreadable. Here
are President Wigglesworth and the Rev. Dr. Colman,
endeavoring to raise a fund for the support of missionaries
among the Indians of Massachusetts Bay. Easy
would be the duties of such a mission now! Here —
for there is nothing new under the sun — are frequent
complaints of the disordered state of the currency, and
the project of a bank with a capital of five hundred
thousand pounds, secured on lands. Here are literary
essays, from the Gentleman's Magazine; and squibs
against the Pretender, from the London newspapers.
And here, occasionally, are specimens of New England
humor, laboriously light and lamentably mirthful, as if
some very sober person, in his zeal to be merry, were
dancing a jig to the tune of a funeral-psalm. All this is
wearisome, and we must turn the leaf.

There is a good deal of amusement, and some profit,
in the perusal of those little items which characterize
the manners and circumstances of the country. New
England was then in a state incomparably more picturesque
than at present, or than it has been within the
memory of man; there being, as yet, only a narrow
strip of civilization along the edge of a vast forest,

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

peopled with enough of its original race to contrast the
savage life with the old customs of another world. The
white population, also, was diversified by the influx of
all sorts of expatriated vagabonds, and by the continual
importation of bond-servants from Ireland and elsewhere,
so that there was a wild and unsettled multitude, forming
a strong minority to the sober descendants of the
Puritans. Then, there were the slaves, contributing
their dark shade to the picture of society. The consequence
of all this was a great variety and singularity of
action and incident, many instances of which might be
selected from these columns, where they are told with a
simplicity and quaintness of style that bring the striking
points into very strong relief. It is natural to suppose,
too, that these circumstances affected the body of the
people, and made their course of life generally less
regular than that of their descendants. There is no
evidence that the moral standard was higher then than
now; or, indeed, that morality was so well defined as it
has since become. There seem to have been quite as
many frauds and robberies, in proportion to the number
of honest deeds; there were murders, in hot-blood and
in malice; and bloody quarrels over liquor. Some of our
fathers also appear to have been yoked to unfaithful
wives, if we may trust the frequent notices of elopements
from bed and board. The pillory, the whipping-post,
the prison, and the gallows, each had their use in
those old times; and, in short, as often as our imagination
lives in the past, we find it a ruder and rougher age
than our own, with hardly any perceptible advantages,
and much that gave life a gloomier tinge.

In vain we endeavor to throw a sunny and joyous air

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

over our picture of this period; nothing passes before our
fancy but a crowd of sad-visaged people, moving duskily
through a dull gray atmosphere. It is certain that winter
rushed upon them with fiercer storms than now,
blocking up the narrow forest-paths, and overwhelming
the roads along the sea-coast with mountain snowdrifts;
so that weeks elapsed before the newspaper could
announce how many travellers had perished, or what
wrecks had strewn the shore. The cold was more
piercing then, and lingered further into the spring, making
the chimney-corner a comfortable seat till long past
May-day. By the number of such accidents on record,
we might suppose that the thunder-stone, as they termed
it, fell oftener and deadlier, on steeples, dwellings, and
unsheltered wretches. In fine, our fathers bore the
brunt of more raging and pitiless elements than we.
There were forebodings, also, of a more fearful tempest
than those of the elements. At two or three dates, we
have stories of drums, trumpets, and all sorts of martial
music, passing athwart the midnight sky, accompanied
with the roar of cannon and rattle of musketry, prophetic
echoes of the sounds that were soon to shake the land.
Besides these airy prognostics, there were rumors of
French fleets on the coast, and of the march of French
and Indians through the wilderness, along the borders
of the settlements. The country was saddened, moreover,
with grievous sickness. The small-pox raged in
many of the towns, and seems, though so familiar a
scourge, to have been regarded with as much affright
as that which drove the throng from Wall-street and
Broadway at the approach of a new pestilence. There
were autumnal fevers too, and a contagious and

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

destructive throat-distemper — diseases unwritten in medical
books. The dark superstition of former days had not
yet been so far dispelled as not to heighten the gloom
of the present times. There is an advertisement, indeed,
by a committee of the Legislature, calling for information
as to the circumstances of sufferers in the “late calamity
of 1692,” with a view to reparation for their losses and
misfortunes. But the tenderness with which, after above
forty years, it was thought expedient to allude to the
witchcraft delusion, indicates a good deal of lingering
error, as well as the advance of more enlightened opinions.
The rigid hand of Puritanism might yet be felt
upon the reins of government, while some of the ordinances
intimate a disorderly spirit on the part of the
people. The Suffolk justices, after a preamble that
great disturbances have been committed by persons
entering town and leaving it in coaches, chaises, calashes,
and other wheel-carriages, on the evening before
the Sabbath, give notice that a watch will hereafter be
set at the “fortification-gate,” to prevent these outrages.
It is amusing to see Boston assuming the aspect of a
walled city, guarded, probably, by a detachment of
church-members, with a deacon at their head. Governor
Belcher makes proclamation against certain “loose
and dissolute people” who have been wont to stop passengers
in the streets, on the Fifth of November, “otherwise
called Pope's Day,” and levy contributions for the
building of bonfires. In this instance, the populace are
more puritanic than the magistrate.

The elaborate solemnities of funerals were in accordance
with the sombre character of the times. In cases
of ordinary death, the printer seldom fails to notice that

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

the corpse was “very decently interred.” But when
some mightier mortal has yielded to his fate, the decease
of the “worshipful” such-a-one is announced, with all
his titles of deacon, justice, counsellor, and colonel; then
follows an heraldic sketch of his honorable ancestors,
and lastly an account of the black pomp of his funeral,
and the liberal expenditure of scarfs, gloves, and mourning-rings.
The burial train glides slowly before us, as
we have seen it represented in the wood-cuts of that day,
the coffin, and the bearers, and the lamentable friends,
trailing their long black garments, while grim death, a
most misshapen skeleton, with all kinds of doleful emblems,
stalks hideously in front. There was a coachmaker
at this period, one John Lucas, who seems to
have gained the chief of his living by letting out a sable
coach to funerals.

It would not be fair, however, to leave quite so dismal
an impression on the reader's mind; nor should it be
forgotten that happiness may walk soberly in dark attire,
as well as dance lightsomely in a gala-dress. And this
reminds us that there is an incidental notice of the
“dancing-school near the Orange-Tree,” whence we
may infer that the saltatory art was occasionally practised,
though perhaps chastened into a characteristic
gravity of movement. This pastime was probably confined
to the aristocratic circle, of which the royal governor
was the centre. But we are scandalized at the
attempt of Jonathan Furness to introduce a more reprehensible
amusement: he challenges the whole country
to match his black gelding in a race for a hundred
pounds, to be decided on Metonomy Common or Chelsea
Beach. Nothing as to the manners of the times can be

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

inferred from this freak of an individual. There were
no daily and continual opportunities of being merry; but
sometimes the people rejoiced, in their own peculiar
fashion, oftener with a calm, religious smile than with a
broad laugh, as when they feasted, like one great family,
at Thanksgiving time, or indulged a livelier mirth
throughout the pleasant days of Election-week. This
latter was the true holiday-season of New England.
Military musters were too seriously important in that
warlike time to be classed among amusements; but they
stirred up and enlivened the public mind, and were occasions
of solemn festival to the governor and great men
of the province, at the expense of the field-officers. The
Revolution blotted a feast-day out of our calendar; for
the anniversary of the king's birth appears to have
been celebrated with most imposing pomp, by salutes
from Castle William, a military parade, a grand dinner
at the town-house, and a brilliant illumination in the
evening. There was nothing forced nor feigned in
these testimonials of loyalty to George the Second. So
long as they dreaded the reëstablishment of a popish
dynasty, the people were fervent for the house of Hanover:
and, besides, the immediate magistracy of the
country was a barrier between the monarch and the
occasional discontents of the colonies; the waves of
faction sometimes reached the governor's chair, but
never swelled against the throne. Thus, until oppression
was felt to proceed from the king's own hand, New
England rejoiced with her whole heart on His Majesty's
birth-day.

But the slaves, we suspect, were the merriest part of
the population, since it was their gift to be merry in the

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

worst of circumstances; and they endured, comparatively,
few hardships, under the domestic sway of our
fathers. There seems to have been a great trade in
these human commodities. No advertisements are more
frequent than those of “a negro fellow, fit for almost any
household work;” “a negro woman, honest, healthy and
capable;” “a young negro wench, of many desirable
qualities;” “a negro man, very fit for a taylor.” We
know not in what this natural fitness for a tailor consisted,
unless it were some peculiarity of conformation
that enabled him to sit cross-legged. When the slaves
of a family were inconveniently prolific, — it being not
quite orthodox to drown the superfluous offspring, like a
litter of kittens, — notice was promulgated of “a negro
child to be given away.” Sometimes the slaves assumed
the property of their own persons, and made their escape:
among many such instances, the governor raises a hue-and-cry
after his negro Juba. But, without venturing a
word in extenuation of the general system, we confess
our opinion that Cæsar, Pompey, Scipio, and all such
great Roman namesakes, would have been better advised
had they staid at home, foddering the cattle, cleaning
dishes, — in fine, performing their moderate share of the
labors of life, without being harassed by its cares. The
sable inmates of the mansion were not excluded from
the domestic affections: in families of middling rank,
they had their places at the board; and when the circle
closed round the evening hearth, its blaze glowed on
their dark shining faces, intermixed familiarly with their
master's children. It must have contributed to reconcile
them to their lot, that they saw white men and women
imported from Europe as they had been from Africa,

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

and sold, though only for a term of years, yet as actual
slaves to the highest bidder. Slave labor being but a
small part of the industry of the country, it did not
change the character of the people; the latter, on the
contrary, modified and softened the institution, making
it a patriarchal, and almost a beautiful, peculiarity of
the times.

Ah! We had forgotten the good old merchant, over
whose shoulder we were peeping, while he read the
newspaper. Let us now suppose him putting on his
three-cornered gold-laced hat, grasping his cane, with a
head inlaid of ebony and mother-of-pearl, and setting
forth, through the crooked streets of Boston, on various
errands, suggested by the advertisements of the day.
Thus he communes with himself: I must be mindful,
says he, to call at Captain Scut's, in Creek-lane, and
examine his rich velvet, whether it be fit for my apparel
on Election-day, — that I may wear a stately aspect in
presence of the governor and my brethren of the council.
I will look in, also, at the shop of Michael Cario, the
jeweller: he has silver buckles of a new fashion; and
mine have lasted me some half-score years. My fair
daughter Miriam shall have an apron of gold brocade,
and a velvet mask, — though it would be a pity the
wench should hide her comely visage; and also a French
cap, from Robert Jenkins', on the north side of the town-house.
He hath beads, too, and ear-rings, and necklaces,
of all sorts; these are but vanities — nevertheless,
they would please the silly maiden well. My dame
desireth another female in the kitchen; wherefore, I
must inspect the lot of Irish lasses, for sale by Samuel
Waldo, aboard the schooner Endeavor; as also the likely

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

negro wench, at Captain Bulfinch's. It were not amiss
that I took my daughter Miriam to see the royal wax-work,
near the town-dock, that she may learn to honor
our most gracious King and Queen, and their royal progeny,
even in their waxen images; not that I would
approve of image-worship. The camel, too, that strange
beast from Africa, with two great humps, to be seen near
the common; methinks I would fain go thither, and see
how the old patriarchs were wont to ride. I will tarry
a while in Queen-street, at the book-store of my good
friends Kneeland & Green, and purchase Doctor Colman's
new sermon, and the volume of discourses by Mr.
Henry Flynt; and look over the controversy on baptism,
between the Reverend Peter Clarke and an unknown
adversary; and see whether this George Whitefield be
as great in print as he is famed to be in the pulpit. By
that time, the auction will have commenced at the Royal
Exchange, in King-street. Moreover, I must look to the
disposal of my last cargo of West India rum and muscovado
sugar; and also the lot of choice Cheshire cheese,
lest it grow mouldy. It were well that I ordered a cask
of good English beer, at the lower end of Milk-street.
Then am I to speak with certain dealers about the lot of
stout old Vidonia, rich Canary, and Oporto wines, which
I have now lying in the cellar of the Old South meeting-house.
But, a pipe or two of the rich Canary shall be
reserved, that it may grow mellow in mine own winecellar,
and gladden my heart when it begins to droop
with old age.

Provident old gentleman! But, was he mindful of
his sepulchre? Did he bethink him to call at the workshop
of Timothy Sheaffe, in Cold-lane, and select such

-- 170 --

p578-177 [figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

a grave-stone as would best please him? There wrought
the man whose handiwork, or that of his fellow-craftsmen,
was ultimately in demand by all the busy multitude
who have left a record of their earthly toil in these
old time-stained papers. And now, as we turn over the
volume, we seem to be wandering among the mossy
stones of a burial-ground.

At a period about twenty years subsequent to that of
our former sketch, we again attempt a delineation of
some of the characteristics of life and manners in New
England. Our text-book, as before, is a file of antique
newspapers. The volume which serves us for a writingdesk
is a folio of larger dimensions than the one before
described; and the papers are generally printed on a
whole sheet, sometimes with a supplemental leaf of news
and advertisements. They have a venerable appearance,
being overspread with the duskiness of more than seventy
years, and discolored, here and there, with the deeper
stains of some liquid, as if the contents of a wine-glass
had long since been splashed upon the page. Still, the
old book conveys an impression that, when the separate
numbers were flying about town, in the first day or two
of their respective existences, they might have been fit
reading for very stylish people. Such newspapers could
have been issued nowhere but in a metropolis the centre,
not only of public and private affairs, but of fashion and

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

gayety. Without any discredit to the colonial press, these
might have been, and probably were, spread out on the
tables of the British coffee-house, in King-street, for the
perusal of the throng of officers who then drank their
wine at that celebrated establishment. To interest these
military gentlemen, there were bulletins of the war
between Prussia and Austria; between England and
France, on the old battle-plains of Flanders; and between
the same antagonists, in the newer fields of the East
Indies, — and in our own trackless woods, where white
men never trod until they came to fight there. Or,
the travelled American, the petit-maitre of the colonies, —
the ape of London foppery, as the newspaper
was the semblance of the London journals, — he, with
his gray powdered periwig, his embroidered coat, lace
ruffles, and glossy silk stockings, golden-clocked, — his
buckles, of glittering paste, at knee-band and shoe-strap,—
his scented handkerchief, and chapeau beneath his
arm, — even such a dainty figure need not have disdained
to glance at these old yellow pages, while they were the
mirror of passing times. For his amusement, there were
essays of wit and humor, the light literature of the day,
which, for breadth and license, might have proceeded
from the pen of Fielding or Smollet; while, in other
columns, he would delight his imagination with the
enumerated items of all sorts of finery, and with the
rival advertisements of half a dozen peruke-makers. In
short, newer manners and customs had almost entirely
superseded those of the Puritans, even in their own city
of refuge.

It was natural that, with the lapse of time and increase
of wealth and population, the peculiarities of the early

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

settlers should have waxed fainter and fainter through
the generations of their descendants, who also had been
alloyed by a continual accession of emigrants from many
countries and of all characters. It tended to assimilate
the colonial manners to those of the mother country,
that the commercial intercourse was great, and that the
merchants often went thither in their own ships. Indeed,
almost every man of adequate fortune felt a yearning
desire, and even judged it a filial duty, at least once in
his life, to visit the home of his ancestors. They still
called it their own home, as if New England were to
them, what many of the old Puritans had considered it,
not a permanent abiding-place, but merely a lodge in
the wilderness, until the trouble of the times should be
passed. The example of the royal governors must have
had much influence on the manners of the colonists; for
these rulers assumed a degree of state and splendor
which had never been practised by their predecessors,
who differed in nothing from republican chief-magistrates,
under the old charter. The officers of the crown, the
public characters in the interest of the administration,
and the gentlemen of wealth and good descent, generally
noted for their loyalty, would constitute a dignified circle,
with the governor in the centre, bearing a very passable
resemblance to a court. Their ideas, their habits, their
code of courtesy, and their dress, would have all the
fresh glitter of fashions immediately derived from the
fountain-head, in England. To prevent their modes of
life from becoming the standard with all who had the
ability to imitate them, there was no longer an undue
severity of religion, nor as yet any disaffection to British
supremacy, nor democratic prejudices against pomp.

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

Thus, while the colonies were attaining that strength
which was soon to render them an independent republic,
it might have been supposed that the wealthier classes
were growing into an aristocracy, and ripening for
hereditary rank, while the poor were to be stationary in
their abasement, and the country, perhaps, to be a sister
monarchy with England. Such, doubtless, were the
plausible conjectures deduced from the superficial phenomena
of our connection with a monarchical government,
until the prospective nobility were levelled with the mob,
by the mere gathering of winds that preceded the storm
of the Revolution. The protents of that storm were not
yet visible in the air. A true picture of society, therefore,
would have the rich effect produced by distinctions
of rank that seemed permanent, and by appropriate habits
of splendor on the part of the gentry.

The people at large had been somewhat changed in
character, since the period of our last sketch, by their
great exploit, the conquest of Louisburg. After that
event, the New Englanders never settled into precisely
the same quiet race which all the world had imagined
them to be. They had done a deed of history, and were
anxious to add new ones to the record. They had
proved themselves powerful enough to influence the
result of a war, and were thenceforth called upon, and
willingly consented, to join their strength against the
enemies of England; on those fields, at least, where
victory would redound to their peculiar advantage. And
now, in the heat of the Old French War, they might well
be termed a martial people. Every man was a soldier,
or the father or brother of a soldier; and the whole land
literally echoed with the roll of the drum, either beating

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

up for recruits among the towns and villages, or striking
the march towards the frontiers. Besides the provincial
troops, there were twenty-three British regiments in the
northern colonies. The country has never known a
period of such excitement and warlike life, except during
the Revolution — perhaps scarcely then; for that was a
lingering war, and this a stirring and eventful one.

One would think that no very wonderful talent was
requisite for an historical novel, when the rough and
hurried paragraphs of these newspapers can recall the
past so magically. We seem to be waiting in the street
for the arrival of the post-rider — who is seldom more
than twelve hours beyond his time — with letters, by
way of Albany, from the various departments of the
army. Or, we may fancy ourselves in the circle of listeners,
all with necks stretched out towards an old
gentleman in the centre, who deliberately puts on his
spectacles, unfolds the wet newspaper, and gives us the
details of the broken and contradictory reports, which
have been flying from mouth to mouth, ever since the
courier alighted at Secretary Oliver's office. Sometimes
we have an account of the Indian skirmishes near Lake
George, and how a ranging party of provincials were so
closely pursued, that they threw away their arms, and
eke their shoes, stockings, and breeches, barely reaching
the camp in their shirts, which also were terribly tattered
by the bushes. Then, there is a journal of the siege of
Fort Niagara, so minute that it almost numbers the
cannon-shot and bombs, and describes the effect of the
latter missiles on the French commandant's stone mansion,
within the fortress. In the letters of the provincial
officers, it is amusing to observe how some of them

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

endeavor to catch the careless and jovial turn of old
campaigners. One gentleman tells us that he holds a
brimming glass in his hand, intending to drink the health
of his correspondent, unless a cannon-ball should dash
the liquor from his lips; in the midst of his letter, he
hears the bells of the French churches ringing, in Quebec,
and recollects that it is Sunday; whereupon, like a good
Protestant, he resolves to disturb the Catholic worship by
a few thirty-two pound shot. While this wicked man
of war was thus making a jest of religion, his pious
mother had probably put up a note, that very Sabbathday,
desiring the “prayers of the congregation for a son
gone a soldiering.” We trust, however, that there were
some stout old worthies who were not ashamed to do as
their fathers did, but went to prayer, with their soldiers,
before leading them to battle; and doubtless fought none
the worse for that. If we had enlisted in the Old French
War, it should have been under such a captain; for we
love to see a man keep the characteristics of his country.*

These letters, and other intelligence from the army,
are pleasant and lively reading, and stir up the mind
like the music of a drum and fife. It is less agreeable
to meet with accounts of women slain and scalped, and
infants dashed against trees, by the Indians on the

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

frontiers. It is a striking circumstance, that innumerable
bears, driven from the woods, by the uproar of contending
armies in their accustomed haunts, broke into the
settlements, and committed great ravages among children,
as well as sheep and swine. Some of them prowled
where bears had never been for a century, penetrating
within a mile or two of Boston; a fact that gives a
strong and gloomy impression of something very terrific
going on in the forest, since these savage beasts fled
townward to avoid it. But it is impossible to moralize
about such trifles, when every newspaper contains tales
of military enterprise, and often a huzza for victory; as,
for instance, the taking of Ticonderoga, long a place of
awe to the provincials, and one of the bloodiest spots in
the present war. Nor is it unpleasant, among whole
pages of exultation, to find a note of sorrow for the fall
of some brave officer; it comes wailing in, like a funeral
strain amidst a peal of triumph, itself triumphant too.
Such was the lamentation over Wolfe. Somewhere, in
this volume of newspapers, though we cannot now lay
our finger upon the passage, we recollect a report, that
General Wolfe was slain, not by the enemy, but by a
shot from his own soldiers.

In the advertising columns, also, we are continually
reminded that the country was in a state of war. Governor
Pownall makes proclamation for the enlisting of
soldiers, and directs the militia colonels to attend to the
discipline of their regiments, and the selectmen of every
town to replenish their stocks of ammunition. The
magazine, by the way, was generally kept in the upper
loft of the village meeting-house. The provincial captains
are drumming up for soldiers, in every newspaper.

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

Sir Jeffrey Amherst advertises for batteaux-men, to be
employed on the lakes; and gives notice to the officers
of seven British regiments, dispersed on the recruiting
service, to rendezvous in Boston. Captain Hallowell, of
the province ship-of-war King George, invites able-bodied
seamen to serve his Majesty, for fifteen pounds, old tenor,
per month. By the rewards offered, there would appear
to have been frequent desertions from the New England
forces; we applaud their wisdom, if not their valor or
integrity. Cannon of all calibres, gunpowder and balls,
firelocks, pistols, swords, and hangers, were common
articles of merchandise. Daniel Jones, at the sign of
the hat and helmet, offers to supply officers with scarlet
broadcloth, gold lace for hats and waistcoats, cockades,
and other military foppery, allowing credit until the payrolls
shall be made up. This advertisement gives us
quite a gorgeous idea of a provincial captain in full
dress.

At the commencement of the campaign of 1759, the
British general informs the farmers of New England
that a regular market will be established at Lake George,
whither they are invited to bring provisions and refreshments
of all sorts, for the use of the army. Hence, we
may form a singular picture of petty traffic, far away
from any permanent settlements, among the hills which
border that romantic lake, with the solemn woods overshadowing
the scene. Carcasses of bullocks and fat
porkers are placed upright against the huge trunks of
the trees; fowls hang from the lower branches, bobbing
against the heads of those beneath; butter-firkins, great
cheeses, and brown loaves of household bread, baked in
distant ovens, are collected under temporary shelters of

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

pine-boughs, with gingerbread, and pumpkin-pies, perhaps,
and other toothsome dainties. Barrels of cider
and spruce-beer are running freely into the wooden
canteens of the soldiers. Imagine such a scene, beneath
the dark forest canopy, with here and there a few
struggling sunbeams, to dissipate the gloom. See the
shrewd yeomen, haggling with their scarlet-coated customers,
abating somewhat in their prices, but still dealing
at monstrous profit; and then complete the picture with
circumstances that bespeak war and danger. A cannon
shall be seen to belch its smoke from among the trees,
against some distant canoes on the lake; the traffickers
shall pause, and seem to hearken, at intervals, as if they
heard the rattle of musketry or the shout of Indians; a
scouting-party shall be driven in, with two or three faint
and bloody men among them. And, in spite of these
disturbances, business goes on briskly in the market of
the wilderness.

It must not be supposed that the martial character of
the times interrupted all pursuits except those connected
with war. On the contrary, there appears to have been
a general vigor and vivacity diffused into the whole
round of colonial life. During the winter of 1759, it
was computed that about a thousand sled-loads of country
produce were daily brought into Boston market. It
was a symptom of an irregular and unquiet course of
affairs, that innumerable lotteries were projected, ostensibly
for the purpose of public improvements, such as
roads and bridges. Many females seized the opportunity
to engage in business: as, among others, Alice Quick,
who dealt in crockery and hosiery, next door to Deacon
Beautineau's; Mary Jackson, who sold butter, at the

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

Brazen-Head, in Cornhill; Abigail Hiller, who taught
ornamental-work, near the Orange-Tree, where also were
to be seen the King and Queen, in wax-work; Sarah
Morehead, an instructor in glass-painting, drawing and
japanning; Mary Salmon, who shod horses, at the southend;
Harriet Pain, at the Buck and Glove, and Mrs.
Henrietta Maria Caine, at the Golden Fan, both fashionable
milliners; Anna Adams, who advertises Quebec
and Garrick bonnets, Prussian cloaks, and scarlet cardinals,
opposite the old brick meeting-house; besides a
lady at the head of a wine and spirit establishment.
Little did these good dames expect to reäppear before the
public, so long after they had made their last courtesies
behind the counter. Our great-grandmothers were a
stirring sisterhood, and seem not to have been utterly
despised by the gentlemen at the British coffee-house;
at least, some gracious bachelor, there resident, gives
public notice of his willingness to take a wife, provided
she be not above twenty-three, and possess brown hair,
regular features, a brisk eye, and a fortune. Now, this
was great condescension towards the ladies of Massachusetts
Bay, in a threadbare lieutenant of foot.

Polite literature was beginning to make its appearance.
Few native works were advertised, it is true, except sermons
and treatises of controversial divinity; nor were
the English authors of the day much known on this
side of the Atlantic. But catalogues were frequently
offered at auction or private sale, comprising the standard
English books, history, essays, and poetry, of Queen
Anne's age, and the preceding century. We see nothing
in the nature of a novel, unless it be “The Two
Mothers, price four coppers.” There was an American

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

poet, however, of whom Mr. Kettell has preserved no
specimen, — the author of “War, an Heroic Poem;” he
publishes by subscription, and threatens to prosecute his
patrons for not taking their books. We have discovered
a periodical, also, and one that has a peculiar claim to
be recorded here, since it bore the title of “The New
England Magazine,
” a forgotten predecessor, for which
we should have a filial respect, and take its excellence
on trust. The fine arts, too, were budding into existence.
At the “old glass and picture shop,” in Cornhill,
various maps, plates, and views, are advertised, and
among them a “Prospect of Boston,” a copper-plate
engraving of Quebec, and the effigies of all the New
England ministers ever done in mezzotinto. All these
must have been very salable articles. Other ornamental
wares were to be found at the same shop; such as violins,
flutes, hautboys, musical books, English and Dutch
toys, and London babies. About this period, Mr. Dipper
gives notice of a concert of vocal and instrumental
music. There had already been an attempt at theatrical
exhibitions.

There are tokens, in every newspaper, of a style of
luxury and magnificence which we do not usually associate
with our ideas of the times. When the property
of a deceased person was to be sold, we find, among the
household furniture, silk beds and hangings, damask
table-cloths, Turkey carpets, pictures, pier-glasses, massive
plate, and all things proper for a noble mansion.
Wine was more generally drunk than now, though by
no means to the neglect of ardent spirits. For the
apparel of both sexes, the mercers and milliners imported
good store of fine broadcloths, especially scarlet, crimson,

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

and sky-blue, silks, satins, lawns, and velvets, gold
brocade, and gold and silver lace, and silver tassels, and
silver spangles, until Cornhill shone and sparkled with
their merchandise. The gaudiest dress permissible by
modern taste fades into a Quaker-like sobriety, compared
with the deep, rich, glowing splendor of our ancestors.
Such figures were almost too fine to go about town on
foot; accordingly, carriages were so numerous as to
require a tax; and it is recorded that, when Governor
Bernard came to the province, he was met, between
Dedham and Boston, by a multitude of gentlemen in
their coaches and chariots.

Take my arm, gentle reader, and come with me into
some street, perhaps trodden by your daily footsteps, but
which now has such an aspect of half-familiar strangeness,
that you suspect yourself to be walking abroad in a
dream. True, there are some brick edifices which you
remember from childhood, and which your father and
grandfather remembered as well; but you are perplexed
by the absence of many that were here only an hour or
two since; and still more amazing is the presence of
whole rows of wooden and plastered houses, projecting
over the side-walks, and bearing iron figures on their
fronts, which prove them to have stood on the same sites
above a century. Where have your eyes been, that you
never saw them before? Along the ghostly street — for,
at length, you conclude that all is unsubstantial, though
it be so good a mockery of an antique town — along the
ghostly street, there are ghostly people too. Every
gentleman has his three-cornered hat, either on his head
or under his arm; and all wear wigs, in infinite variety,—
the Tie, the Brigadier, the Spencer, the Albemarle, the

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

Major, the Ramillies, the grave Full-bottom, or the giddy
Feather-top. Look at the elaborate lace-ruffles, and the
square-skirted coats of gorgeous hues, bedizened with
silver and gold! Make way for the phantom-ladies,
whose hoops require such breadth of passage, as they
pace majestically along, in silken gowns, blue, green, or
yellow, brilliantly embroidered, and with small satin hats
surmounting their powdered hair. Make way; for the
whole spectral show will vanish, if your earthly garments
brush against their robes. Now that the scene is
brightest, and the whole street glitters with imaginary
sunshine, — now hark to the bells of the Old South and
the Old North, ringing out with a sudden and merry
peal, while the cannon of Castle William thunder below
the town, and those of the Diana frigate repeat the sound,
and the Charlestown batteries reply with a nearer roar!
You see the crowd toss up their hats, in visionary joy.
You hear of illuminations and fire-works, and of bonfires,
built on scaffolds, raised several stories above the
ground, that are to blaze all night, in King-street, and on
Beacon-hill. And here come the trumpets and kettledrums,
and the tramping hoofs of the Boston troop of
horse-guards, escorting the governor to King's Chapel,
where he is to return solemn thanks for the surrender
of Quebec. March on, thou shadowy troop! and vanish,
ghostly crowd! and change again, old street! for those
stirring times are gone.

Opportunely for the conclusion of our sketch, a fire
broke out, on the twentieth of March, 1760, at the
Brazen-Head, in Cornhill, and consumed nearly four
hundred buildings. Similar disasters have always been
epochs in the chronology of Boston. That of 1711 had

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

hitherto been termed the Great Fire, but now resigned
its baleful dignity to one which has ever since retained
it. Did we desire to move the reader's sympathies on
this subject, we would not be grandiloquent about the
sea of billowy flame, the glowing and crumbling streets,
the broad, black firmament of smoke, and the blast of
wind that sprang up with the conflagration and roared
behind it. It would be more effective to mark out a
single family, at the moment when the flames caught
upon an angle of their dwelling: then would ensue the
removal of the bed-ridden grandmother, the cradle with
the sleeping infant, and, most dismal of all, the dying
man just at the extremity of a lingering disease. Do
but imagine the confused agony of one thus awfully disturbed
in his last hour; his fearful glance behind at the
consuming fire, raging after him, from house to house,
as its devoted victim; and, finally, the almost eagerness
with which he would seize some calmer interval to die!
The Great Fire must have realized many such a scene.

Doubtless posterity has acquired a better city by the
calamity of that generation. None will be inclined to
lament it at this late day, except the lover of antiquity,
who would have been glad to walk among those streets
of venerable houses, fancying the old inhabitants still
there, that he might commune with their shadows, and
paint a more vivid picture of their times.

eaf578n1

* The contemptuous jealousy of the British army, from the
general downwards, was very galling to the provincial troops. In
one of the newspapers, there is an admirable letter of a New
England man, copied from the London Chronicle, defending the
provincials with an ability worthy of Franklin, and somewhat in
his style. The letter is remarkable, also, because it takes up the
cause of the whole range of colonies, as if the writer looked upon
them all as constituting one country, and that his own. Colonial
patriotism had not hitherto been so broad a sentiment.

-- 184 --

p578-191

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

Again we take a leap of about twenty years, and
alight in the midst of the Revolution. Indeed, having
just closed a volume of colonial newspapers, which
represented the period when monarchical and aristocratic
sentiments were at the highest, — and now opening
another volume printed in the same metropolis, after
such sentiments had long been deemed a sin and shame,—
we feel as if the leap were more than figurative. Our
late course of reading has tinctured us, for the moment,
with antique prejudices; and we shrink from the
strangely-contrasted times into which we emerge, like
one of those immutable old Tories, who acknowledge no
oppression in the Stamp-act. It may be the most effective
method of going through the present file of papers, to
follow out this idea, and transform ourself, perchance,
from a modern Tory, into such a sturdy King-man as
once wore that pliable nickname.

Well, then, here we sit, an old, gray, withered, sourvisaged,
threadbare sort of gentleman, erect enough, here
in our solitude, but marked out by a depressed and distrustful
mien abroad, as one conscious of a stigma upon
his forehead, though for no crime. We were already in
the decline of life when the first tremors of the earthquake
that has convulsed the continent were felt. Our
mind had grown too rigid to change any of its opinions,
when the voice of the people demanded that all should
be changed. We are an Episcopalian, and sat under
the high-church doctrines of Doctor Caner; we have
been a captain of the provincial forces, and love our king

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

the better for the blood that we shed in his cause on the
Plains of Abraham. Among all the refugees, there is
not one more loyal to the back-bone than we. Still we
lingered behind when the British army evacuated Boston,
sweeping in its train most of those with whom we held
communion; the old, loyal gentlemen, the aristocracy
of the colonies, the hereditary Englishman, imbued with
more than native zeal and admiration for the glorious
island and its monarch, because the far intervening
ocean threw a dim reverence around them. When our
brethren departed, we could not tear our aged roots out
of the soil. We have remained, therefore, enduring to
be outwardly a freeman, but idolizing King George in
secrecy and silence, — one true old heart amongst a host
of enemies. We watch, with a weary hope, for the
moment when all this turmoil shall subside, and the
impious novelty that has distracted our latter years, like
a wild dream, give place to the blessed quietude of royal
sway, with the king's name in every ordinance, his
prayer in the church, his health at the board, and his
love in the people's heart. Meantime, our old age finds
little honor. Hustled have we been, till driven from
town-meetings; dirty water has been cast upon our
ruffles by a Whig chambermaid; John Hancock's coachman
seizes every opportunity to bespatter us with mud;
daily are we hooted by the unbreeched rebel brats; and
narrowly, once, did our gray hairs escape the ignominy
of tar and feathers. Alas! only that we cannot bear to
die till the next royal governor comes over, we would
fain be in our quiet grave.

Such an old man among new things are we who now
hold at arm's length the rebel newspaper of the day.

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

The very figure-head, for the thousandth time, elicits a
groan of spiteful lamentation. Where are the united
heart and crown, the loyal emblem, that used to hallow
the sheet on which it was impressed, in our younger
days? In its stead we find a continental officer, with
the Declaration of Independence in one hand, a drawn
sword in the other, and above his head a scroll, bearing
the motto, “We appeal to Heaven.” Then say we,
with a prospective triumph, let Heaven judge, in its own
good time! The material of the sheet attracts our
scorn. It is a fair specimen of rebel manufacture, thick
and coarse, like wrapping-paper, all overspread with
little knobs; and of such a deep, dingy blue color, that
we wipe our spectacles thrice before we can distinguish
a letter of the wretched print. Thus, in all points, the
newspaper is a type of the times, far more fit for the
rough hands of a democratic mob, than for our own
delicate, though bony fingers. Nay; we will not handle
it without our gloves!

Glancing down the page, our eyes are greeted everywhere
by the offer of lands at auction, for sale or to be
leased, not by the rightful owners, but a rebel committee;
notices of the town constable, that he is authorized
to receive the taxes on such an estate, in default
of which, that also is to be knocked down to the
highest bidder; and notifications of complaints filed
by the Attorney-general against certain traitorous absentees,
and of confiscations that are to ensue. And who
are these traitors? Our own best friends; names as
old, once as honored, as any in the land where they
are no longer to have a patrimony, nor to be remembered
as good men who have passed away. We are

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

ashamed of not relinquishing our little property, too;
but comfort ourselves because we still keep our principles,
without gratifying the rebels with our plunder.
Plunder, indeed, they are seizing everywhere, — by the
strong hand at sea, as well as by legal forms on shore.
Here are prize-vessels for sale; no French nor Spanish
merchantmen, whose wealth is the birthright of British
subjects, but hulls of British oak, from Liverpool, Bristol,
and the Thames, laden with the king's own stores, for
his army in New York. And what a fleet of privateers—
pirates, say we — are fitting out for new ravages, with
rebellion in their very names! The Free Yankee, the
General Green, the Saratoga, the Lafayette, and the
Grand Monarch! Yes, the Grand Monarch; so is a
French king styled, by the sons of Englishmen. And
here we have an ordinance from the Court of Versailles,
with the Bourbon's own signature affixed, as if New
England were already a French province. Everything
is French, — French soldiers, French sailors, French
surgeons, and French diseases too, I trow; besides
French dancing-masters and French milliners, to debauch
our daughters with French fashions! Everything
in America is French, except the Canadas, the
loyal Canadas, which we helped to wrest from France.
And to that old French province the Englishman of the
colonies must go to find his country!

O the misery of seeing the whole system of things
changed in my old days, when I would be loth to change
even a pair of buckles! The British coffee-house,
where oft we sat, brimfull of wine and loyalty, with the
gallant gentlemen of Amherst's army, when we wore a
red-coat too, — the British coffee-house, forsooth, must

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

now be styled the American, with a golden eagle instead
of the royal arms above the door. Even the street it
stands in is no longer King-street! Nothing is the
king's, except this heavy heart in my old bosom.
Wherever I glance my eyes, they meet something that
pricks them like a needle. This soap-maker, for
instance, this Robert Hewes, has conspired against my
peace, by notifying that his shop is situated near Liberty
Stump. But when will their misnamed liberty have its
true emblem in that Stump, hewn down by British
steel!

Where shall we buy our next year's almanac? Not
this of Weatherwise's, certainly; for it contains a likeness
of George Washington, the upright rebel, whom we
most hate, though reverentially, as a fallen angel, with
his heavenly brightness undiminished, evincing pure
fame in an unhallowed cause. And here is a new book
for my evening's recreation, — a History of the War till
the close of the year 1779, with the heads of thirteen
distinguished officers, engraved on copper-plate. A
plague upon their heads! We desire not to see them
till they grin at us from the balcony before the town-house,
fixed on spikes, as the heads of traitors. How
bloody-minded the villains make a peaceable old man!
What next? An Oration, on the Horrid Massacre of
1770. When that blood was shed, — the first that the
British soldier ever drew from the bosoms of our countrymen, —
we turned sick at heart, and do so still, as often
as they make it reek anew from among the stones in
King-street. The pool that we saw that night has
swelled into a lake, — English blood and American, — no!
all British, all blood of my brethren. And here come

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

down tears. Shame on me, since half of them are shed
for rebels! Who are not rebels now! Even the women
are thrusting their white hands into the war, and come
out in this very paper with proposals to form a society—
the lady of George Washington at their head — for
clothing the continental troops. They will strip off
their stiff petticoats to cover the ragged rascals, and then
enlist in the ranks themselves.

What have we here? Burgoyne's proclamation
turned into Hudibrastic rhyme! And here, some verses
against the king, in which the scribbler leaves a blank
for the name of George, as if his doggerel might yet
exalt him to the pillory. Such, after years of rebellion,
is the heart's unconquerable reverence for the Lord's
anointed! In the next column, we have scripture parodied
in a squib against his sacred Majesty. What
would our Puritan great-grandsires have said to that?
They never laughed at God's word, though they cut off
a king's head.

Yes; it was for us to prove how disloyalty goes hand
in hand with irreligion, and all other vices come trooping
in the train. Now-a-days men commit robbery and
sacrilege for the mere luxury of wickedness, as this
advertisement testifies. Three hundred pounds reward
for the detection of the villains who stole and destroyed
the cushions and pulpit drapery of the Brattle-street and
Old South churches. Was it a crime? I can scarcely
think our temples hallowed, since the king ceased to be
prayed for. But it is not temples only that they rob.
Here a man offers a thousand dollars — a thousand dollars,
in Continental rags! — for the recovery of his stolen
cloak, and other articles of clothing. Horse-thieves are

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

innumerable. Now is the day when every beggar gets
on horse-back. And is not the whole land like a beggar
on horse-back riding post to the devil? Ha! here is a
murder, too. A woman slain at midnight, by an
unknown ruffian, and found cold, stiff and bloody, in her
violated bed! Let the hue and cry follow hard after
the man in the uniform of blue and buff who last
went by that way. My life on it, he is the blood-stained
ravisher! These deserters whom we see proclaimed
in every column, — proof that the banditti are
as false to their stars and stripes as to the Holy Redcross, —
they bring the crimes of a rebel camp into a
soil well suited to them; the bosom of a people, without
the heart that kept them virtuous — their king!

Here, flaunting down a whole column, with official
seal and signature, here comes a proclamation. By
whose authority? Ah! the United States — these thirteen
little anarchies, assembled in that one grand
anarchy, their Congress. And what the import? A
general Fast. By Heaven! for once the traitorous
blockheads have legislated wisely! Yea: let a misguided
people kneel down in sackcloth and ashes, from
end to end, from border to border, of their wasted
country. Well may they fast where there is no food,
and cry aloud for whatever remnant of God's mercy their
sins may not have exhausted. We too will fast, even at
a rebel summons. Pray others as they will, there shall
be at least an old man kneeling for the righteous cause.
Lord, put down the rebels! God save the king!

Peace to the good old Tory! One of our objects
has been to exemplify, without softening a single prejudice
proper to the character which we assumed, that the

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

Americans who clung to the losing side in the Revolution,
were men greatly to be pitied, and often worthy
of our sympathy. It would be difficult to say whose
lot was most lamentable, that of the active Tories, who
gave up their patrimonies for a pittance from the
British pension-roll, and their native land for a cold
reception in their miscalled home, or the passive ones
who remained behind to endure the coldness of former
friends, and the public opprobrium, as despised citizens,
under a government which they abhorred. In justice to
the old gentleman who has favored us with his discontented
musings, we must remark that the state of the
country, so far as can be gathered from these papers, was
of dismal augury for the tendencies of democratic rule.
It was pardonable in the conservative of that day to mistake
the temporary evils of a change for permanent diseases
of the system which that change was to establish.
A revolution, or anything that interrupts social order,
may afford opportunities for the individual display of
eminent virtues; but its effects are pernicious to general
morality. Most people are so constituted that they can be
virtuous only in a certain routine; and an irregular
course of public affairs demoralizes them. One great
source of disorder was the multitude of disbanded troops,
who were continually returning home, after terms of service
just long enough to give them a distaste to peaceable
occupations; neither citizens nor soldiers, they were very
liable to become ruffians. Almost all our impressions in
regard to this period are unpleasant, whether referring
to the state of civil society, or to the character of the
contest, which, especially where native Americans were
opposed to each other, was waged with the deadly hatred

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

of fraternal enemies. It is the beauty of war, for men
to commit mutual havoc with undisturbed good humor.

The present volume of newspapers contains fewer
characteristic traits than any which we have looked
over. Except for the peculiarities attendant on the
passing struggle, manners seem to have taken a modern
cast. Whatever antique fashions lingered into the war
of the Revolution, or beyond it, they were not so
strongly marked as to leave their traces in the public
journals. Moreover, the old newspapers had an indescribable
picturesqueness, not to be found in the later
ones. Whether it be something in the literary execution,
or the ancient print and paper, and the idea that
those same musty pages have been handled by people
once alive and bustling amid the scenes there recorded,
yet now in their graves beyond the memory of man; so
it is, that in those elder volumes we seem to find the life
of a past age preserved between the leaves, like a dry
specimen of foliage. It is so difficult to discover what
touches are really picturesque, that we doubt whether
our attempts have produced any similar effect.

-- --

p578-200 THE MAN OF ADAMANT: AN APOLOGUE.

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

In the old times of religious gloom and intolerance,
lived Richard Digby, the gloomiest and most intolerant
of a stern brotherhood. His plan of salvation was so
narrow, that, like a plank in a tempestuous sea, it could
avail no sinner but himself, who bestrode it triumphantly,
and hurled anathemas against the wretches whom he
saw struggling with the billows of eternal death. In his
view of the matter, it was a most abominable crime —
as, indeed, it is a great folly — for men to trust to their
own strength, or even to grapple to any other fragment
of the wreck, save this narrow plank, which, moreover,
he took special care to keep out of their reach. In other
words, as his creed was like no man's else, and being
well pleased that Providence had intrusted him alone,
of mortals, with the treasure of a true faith, Richard
Digby determined to seclude himself to the sole and
constant enjoyment of his happy fortune.

“And verily,” thought he, “I deem it a chief condition
of Heaven's mercy to myself, that I hold no communion
with those abominable myriads which it hath cast
off to perish. Peradventure, were I to tarry longer in
the tents of Kedar, the gracious boon would be revoked,
and I also be swallowed up in the deluge of wrath, or consumed
in the storm of fire and brimstone, or involved in

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

whatever new kind of ruin is ordained for the horrible
perversity of this generation.”

So Richard Digby took an axe, to hew space enough
for a tabernacle in the wilderness, and some few other
necessaries, especially a sword and gun, to smite and
slay any intruder upon his hallowed seclusion; and
plunged into the dreariest depths of the forest. On its
verge, however, he paused a moment, to shake off the
dust of his feet against the village where he had dwelt,
and to invoke a curse on the meeting-house, which he
regarded as a temple of heathen idolatry. He felt a
curiosity, also, to see whether the fire and brimstone
would not rush down from Heaven at once, now that the
one righteous man had provided for his own safety.
But, as the sunshine continued to fall peacefully on the
cottages and fields, and the husbandmen labored and
children played, and as there were many tokens of
present happiness, and nothing ominous of a speedy
judgment, he turned away, somewhat disappointed.
The further he went, however, and the lonelier he felt
himself, and the thicker the trees stood along his path,
and the darker the shadow overhead, so much the more
did Richard Digby exult. He talked to himself, as he
strode onward; he read his Bible to himself, as he sat
beneath the trees; and, as the gloom of the forest hid
the blessed sky, I had almost added, that, at morning,
noon, and eventide, he prayed to himself. So congenial
was this mode of life to his disposition, that he often
laughed to himself, but was displeased when an echo
tossed him back the long, loud roar.

In this manner, he journeyed onward three days and
two nights, and came, on the third evening, to the mouth

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

of a cave, which, at first sight, reminded him of Elijah's
cave at Horeb, though perhaps it more resembled Abraham's
sepulchral cave, at Machpelah. It entered into
the heart of a rocky hill. There was so dense a veil of
tangled foliage about it, that none but a sworn lover of
gloomy recesses would have discovered the low arch of
its entrance, or have dared to step within its vaulted
chamber, where the burning eyes of a panther might
encounter him. If Nature meant this remote and dismal
cavern for the use of man, it could only be to bury in its
gloom the victims of a pestilence, and then to block up
its mouth with stones, and avoid the spot forever after.
There was nothing bright nor cheerful near it, except a
bubbling fountain, some twenty paces off, at which
Richard Digby hardly threw away a glance. But he
thrust his head into the cave, shivered, and congratulated
himself.

“The finger of Providence hath pointed my way!”
cried he, aloud, while the tomb-like den returned a
strange echo, as if some one within were mocking him.
“Here my soul will be at peace; for the wicked will not
find me. Here I can read the Scriptures, and be no more
provoked with lying interpretations. Here I can offer
up acceptable prayers, because my voice will not be
mingled with the sinful supplications of the multitude.
Of a truth, the only way to heaven leadeth through the
narrow entrance of this cave, — and I alone have found
it!”

In regard to this cave, it was observable that the roof,
so far as the imperfect light permitted it to be seen, was
hung with substances resembling opaque icicles; for the
damps of unknown centuries, dripping down continually,

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

had become as hard as adamant; and wherever that
moisture fell, it seemed to possess the power of converting
what it bathed to stone. The fallen leaves and sprigs
of foliage, which the wind had swept into the cave, and
the little feathery shrubs, rooted near the threshold, were
not wet with a natural dew, but had been embalmed by
this wondrous process. And here I am put in mind
that Richard Digby, before he withdrew himself from the
world, was supposed by skilful physicians to have contracted
a disease for which no remedy was written in
their medical books. It was a deposition of calculous
particles within his heart, caused by an obstructed circulation
of the blood; and, unless a miracle should be
wrought for him, there was danger that the malady might
act on the entire substance of the organ, and change his
fleshy heart to stone. Many, indeed, affirmed that the
process was already near its consummation. Richard
Digby, however, could never be convinced that any such
direful work was going on within him; nor when he
saw the sprigs of marble foliage, did his heart even throb
the quicker, at the similitude suggested by these once
tender herbs. It may be that this same insensibility
was a symptom of the disease.

Be that as it might, Richard Digby was well contented
with his sepulchral cave. So dearly did he love
this congenial spot, that, instead of going a few paces to
the bubbling spring for water, he allayed his thirst with
now and then a drop of moisture from the roof, which,
had it fallen anywhere but on his tongue, would have
been congealed into a pebble. For a man predisposed to
stoniness of the heart, this surely was unwholesome
liquor. But there he dwelt, for three days more, eating

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

herbs and roots, drinking his own destruction, sleeping,
as it were, in a tomb, and awaking to the solitude of
death, yet esteeming this horrible mode of life as hardly
inferior to celestial bliss. Perhaps superior; for, above
the sky, there would be angels to disturb him. At the
close of the third day, he sat in the portal of his mansion,
reading the Bible aloud, because no other ear could
profit by it, and reading it amiss, because the rays of the
setting sun did not penetrate the dismal depth of shadow
round about him, nor fall upon the sacred page. Suddenly,
however, a faint gleam of light was thrown over
the volume, and, raising his eyes, Richard Digby saw
that a young woman stood before the mouth of the cave,
and that the sunbeams bathed her white garment, which
thus seemed to possess a radiance of its own.

“Good-evening, Richard,” said the girl; “I have come
from afar to find thee.”

The slender grace and gentle loveliness of this young
woman were at once recognized by Richard Digby. Her
name was Mary Goffe. She had been a convert to his
preaching of the word in England, before he yielded
himself to that exclusive bigotry which now enfolded
him with such an iron grasp that no other sentiment
could reach his bosom. When he came a pilgrim to
America, she had remained in her father's hall; but now,
as it appeared, had crossed the ocean after him, impelled
by the same faith that led other exiles hither, and perhaps
by love almost as holy. What else but faith and
love united could have sustained so delicate a creature,
wandering thus far into the forest, with her golden hair
dishevelled by the boughs, and her feet wounded by the
thorns? Yet, weary and faint though she must have

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

been, and affrighted at the dreariness of the cave, she
looked on the lonely man with a mild and pitying
expression, such as might beam from an angel's eyes,
towards an afflicted mortal. But the recluse, frowning
sternly upon her, and keeping his finger between the
leaves of his half-closed Bible, motioned her away with
his hand.

“Off!” cried he. “I am sanctified, and thou art
sinful. Away!”

“O, Richard,” said she, earnestly, “I have come this
weary way because I heard that a grievous distemper
had seized upon thy heart; and a great Physician hath
given me the skill to cure it. There is no other remedy
than this which I have brought thee. Turn me not
away, therefore, nor refuse my medicine; for then must
this dismal cave be thy sepulchre.”

“Away!” replied Richard Digby, still with a dark
frown. “My heart is in better condition than thine
own. Leave me, earthly one; for the sun is almost set;
and when no light reaches the door of the cave, then is
my prayer-time.”

Now, great as was her need, Mary Goffe did not plead
with this stony-hearted man for shelter and protection,
nor ask anything whatever for her own sake. All her
zeal was for his welfare.

“Come back with me!” she exclaimed, clasping her
hands, — “come back to thy fellow-men; for they need
thee, Richard, and thou hast ten-fold need of them.
Stay not in this evil den; for the air is chill, and the
damps are fatal; nor will any that perish within it ever
find the path to heaven. Hasten hence, I entreat thee,
for thine own soul's sake; for either the roof will fall

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

upon thy head, or some other speedy destruction is at
hand.”

“Perverse woman!” answered Richard Digby, laughing
aloud, — for he was moved to bitter mirth by her foolish
vehemence, — “I tell thee that the path to heaven
leadeth straight through this narrow portal where I sit.
And, moreover, the destruction thou speakest of is
ordained, not for this blessed cave, but for all other habitations
of mankind, throughout the earth. Get thee
hence speedily, that thou mayst have thy share!”

So saying, he opened his Bible again, and fixed his
eyes intently on the page, being resolved to withdraw
his thoughts from this child of sin and wrath, and to
waste no more of his holy breath upon her. The shadow
had now grown so deep, where he was sitting, that he
made continual mistakes in what he read, converting all
that was gracious and merciful to denunciations of vengeance
and unutterable woe on every created being but
himself. Mary Goffe, meanwhile, was leaning against
a tree, beside the sepulchral cave, very sad, yet with
something heavenly and ethereal in her unselfish sorrow.
The light from the setting sun still glorified her form,
and was reflected a little way within the darksome den,
discovering so terrible a gloom that the maiden shuddered
for its self-doomed inhabitant. Espying the bright
fountain near at hand, she hastened thither, and scooped
up a portion of its water, in a cup of birchen bark. A
few tears mingled with the draught, and perhaps gave it
all its efficacy. She then returned to the mouth of the
cave, and knelt down at Richard Digby's feet.

“Richard,” she said, with passionate fervor, yet a
gentleness in all her passion, “I pray thee, by thy hope

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

of heaven, and as thou wouldst not dwell in this tomb
forever, drink of this hallowed water, be it but a single
drop! Then, make room for me by thy side, and let us
read together one page of that blessed volume, — and,
lastly, kneel down with me and pray! Do this, and
thy stony heart shall become softer than a babe's, and
all be well.”

But Richard Digby, in utter abhorrence of the proposal,
cast the Bible at his feet, and eyed her with such
a fixed and evil frown, that he looked less like a living
man than a marble statue, wrought by some dark-imagined
sculptor to express the most repulsive mood that
human features could assume. And, as his look grew
even devilish, so, with an equal change, did Mary Goffe
become more sad, more mild, more pitiful, more like a
sorrowing angel. But, the more heavenly she was, the
more hateful did she seem to Richard Digby, who at
length raised his hand, and smote down the cup of
hallowed water upon the threshold of the cave, thus
rejecting the only medicine that could have cured his
stony heart. A sweet perfume lingered in the air for a
moment, and then was gone.

“Tempt me no more, accursed woman,” exclaimed he,
still with his marble frown, “lest I smite thee down
also! What hast thou to do with my Bible? — what
with my prayers? — what with my heaven?”

No sooner had he spoken these dreadful words, than
Richard's Digby's heart ceased to beat; while — so the
legend says — the form of Mary Goffe melted into the
last sunbeams, and returned from the sepulchral cave to
heaven. For Mary Goffe had been buried in an English
church-yard, months before; and either it was her

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

ghost that haunted the wild forest, or else a dreamlike
spirit, typifying pure Religion.

Above a century afterwards, when the trackless forest
of Richard Digby's day had long been interspersed with
settlements, the children of a neighboring farmer were
playing at the foot of a hill. The trees, on account of
the rude and broken surface of this acclivity, had never
been felled, and were crowded so densely together as to
hide all but a few rocky prominences, wherever their
roots could grapple with the soil. A little boy and girl,
to conceal themselves from their playmates, had crept
into the deepest shade, where not only the darksome
pines, but a thick veil of creeping plants suspended from
an overhanging rock, combined to make a twilight at
noonday, and almost a midnight at all other seasons.
There the children hid themselves, and shouted, repeating
the cry at intervals, till the whole party of pursuers
were drawn thither, and pulling aside the matted foliage,
let in a doubtful glimpse of daylight. But scarcely was
this accomplished, when the little group uttered a simultaneous
shriek, and tumbled headlong down the hill,
making the best of their way homeward, without a
second glance into the gloomy recess. Their father,
unable to comprehend what had so startled them, took
his axe, and, by felling one or two trees, and tearing
away the creeping plants, laid the mystery open to the
day. He had discovered the entrance of a cave, closely
resembling the mouth of a sepulchre, within which sat
the figure of a man, whose gesture and attitude warned
the father and children to stand back, while his visage
wore a most forbidding frown. This repulsive personage
seemed to have been carved in the same gray stone that

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

formed the walls and portal of the cave. On minuter
inspection, indeed, such blemishes were observed, as
made it doubtful whether the figure were really a
statue, chiselled by human art, and somewhat worn and
defaced by the lapse of ages, or a freak of Nature, who
might have chosen to imitate, in stone, her usual handiwork
of flesh. Perhaps it was the least unreasonable
idea, suggested by this strange spectacle, that the
moisture of the cave possessed a petrifying quality, which
had thus awfully embalmed a human corpse.

There was something so frightful in the aspect of this
Man of Adamant, that the farmer, the moment that he
recovered from the fascination of his first gaze, began to
heap stones into the mouth of the cavern. His wife,
who had followed him to the hill, assisted her husband's
efforts. The children, also, approached as near as they
durst, with their little hands full of pebbles, and cast
them on the pile. Earth was then thrown into the
crevices, and the whole fabric overlaid with sods. Thus
all traces of the discovery were obliterated, leaving only
a marvellous legend, which grew wilder from one generation
to another, as the children told it to their grandchildren,
and they to their posterity, till few believed
that there had ever been a cavern or a statue, where now
they saw but a grassy patch on the shadowy hill-side.
Yet, grown people avoid the spot, nor do children play
there. Friendship, and Love, and Piety, all human and
celestial sympathies, should keep aloof from that hidden
cave; for there still sits, and, unless an earthquake
crumble down the roof upon his head, shall sit forever,
the shape of Richard Digby, in the attitude of repelling
the whole race of mortals — not from heaven — but from
the horrible loneliness of his dark, cold sepulchre!

-- --

p578-210 THE DEVIL IN MANUSCRIPT.

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

On a bitter evening of December, I arrived by mail in
a large town, which was then the residence of an intimate
friend, one of those gifted youths who cultivate
poetry and the belles-lettres, and call themselves students
at law. My first business, after supper, was to visit him
at the office of his distinguished instructor. As I have
said, it was a bitter night, clear starlight, but cold as
Nova Zembla — the shop-windows along the street being
frosted, so as almost to hide the lights, while the wheels
of coaches thundered equally loud over frozen earth and
pavements of stone. There was no snow, either on the
ground or the roofs of the houses. The wind blew so
violently, that I had but to spread my cloak like a mainsail,
and scud along the street at the rate of ten knots,
greatly envied by other navigators, who were beating
slowly up, with the gale right in their teeth. One of
these I capsized, but was gone on the wings of the wind
before he could even vociferate an oath.

After this picture of an inclement night, behold us
seated by a great blazing fire, which looked so comfortable
and delicious that I felt inclined to lie down
and roll among the hot coals. The usual furniture of a
lawyer's office was around us, — rows of volumes in
sheep-skin, and a multitude of writs, summonses, and
other legal papers, scattered over the desks and tables.
But there were certain objects which seemed to intimate

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

that we had little dread of the intrusion of clients, or of
the learned counsellor himself, who, indeed, was attending
court in a distant town. A tall, decanter-shaped bottle
stood on the table, between two tumblers, and beside a
pile of blotted manuscripts, altogether dissimilar to any
law documents recognized in our courts. My friend,
whom I shall call Oberon, — it was a name of fancy and
friendship between him and me, — my friend Oberon
looked at these papers with a peculiar expression of disquietude.

“I do believe,” said he, soberly, “or, at least, I could
believe, if I chose, that there is a devil in this pile of
blotted papers. You have read them, and know what I
mean, — that conception in which I endeavored to
embody the character of a fiend, as represented in our
traditions and the written records of witchcraft. O! I
have a horror of what was created in my own brain, and
shudder at the manuscripts in which I gave that dark
idea a sort of material existence. Would they were out
of my sight!”

“And of mine, too,” thought I.

“You remember,” continued Oberon, “how the hellish
thing used to suck away the happiness of those who,
by a simple concession that seemed almost innocent,
subjected themselves to his power. Just so my peace is
gone, and all by these accursed manuscripts. Have you
felt nothing of the same influence?”

“Nothing,” replied I, “unless the spell be hid in a
desire to turn novelist, after reading your delightful
tales.”

“Novelist!” exclaimed Oberon, half seriously. “Then,
indeed, my devil has his claw on you! You are gone!

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

You cannot even pray for deliverance! But we will be
the last and only victims; for this night I mean to burn
the manuscripts, and commit the fiend to his retribution
in the flames.”

“Burn your tales!” repeated I, startled at the desperation
of the idea.

“Even so,” said the author, despondingly. “You
cannot conceive what an effect the composition of these
tales has had on me. I have become ambitious of a
bubble, and careless of solid reputation. I am surrounding
myself with shadows, which bewilder me, by aping
the realities of life. They have drawn me aside from
the beaten path of the world, and led me into a strange
sort of solitude, — a solitude in the midst of men, —
where nobody wishes for what I do, nor thinks nor feels
as I do. The tales have done all this. When they are
ashes, perhaps I shall be as I was before they had existence.
Moreover, the sacrifice is less than you may
suppose; since nobody will publish them.”

“That does make a difference, indeed,” said I.

“They have been offered, by letter,” continued Oberon,
reddening with vexation, “to some seventeen book-sellers.
It would make you stare to read their answers;
and read them you should, only that I burnt them as fast
as they arrived. One man publishes nothing but schoolbooks;
another has five novels already under examination.”

“What a voluminous mass the unpublished literature
of America must be!” cried I.

“O! the Alexandrian manuscripts were nothing to
it,” said my friend. “Well, another gentleman is just
giving up business, on purpose, I verily believe, to escape

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

publishing my book. Several, however, would not absolutely
decline the agency, on my advancing half the
cost of an edition, and giving bonds for the remainder,
besides a high percentage to themselves, whether the
book sells or not. Another advises a subscription.”

“The villain!” exclaimed I.

“A fact!” said Oberon. “In short, of all the seventeen
booksellers, only one has vouchsafed even to read
my tales; and he — a literary dabbler himself, I should
judge — has the impertinence to criticize them, proposing
what he calls vast improvements, and concluding, after a
general sentence of condemnation, with the definitive
assurance that he will not be concerned on any terms.”

“It might not be amiss to pull that fellow's nose,”
remarked I.

“If the whole `trade' had one common nose, there
would be some satisfaction in pulling it,” answered the
author. “But, there does seem to be one honest man
among these seventeen unrighteous ones; and he tells me
fairly, that no American publisher will meddle with an
American work, — seldom if by a known writer, and
never if by a new one, — unless at the writer's risk.”

“The paltry rogues!” cried I. “Will they live by
literature, and yet risk nothing for its sake? But, after
all, you might publish on your own account.”

“And so I might,” replied Oberon. “But the devil
of the business is this. These people have put me so
out of conceit with the tales, that I loathe the very
thought of them, and actually experience a physical sickness
of the stomach, whenever I glance at them on the
table. I tell you there is a demon in them! I anticipate
a wild enjoyment in seeing them in the blaze; such

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

as I should feel in taking vengeance on an enemy, or
destroying something noxious.”

I did not very strenuously oppose this determination,
being privately of opinion, in spite of my partiality for
the author, that his tales would make a more brilliant
appearance in the fire than anywhere else. Before proceeding
to execution, we broached the bottle of champagne,
which Oberon had provided for keeping up his
spirits in this doleful business. We swallowed each a
tumblerful, in sparkling commotion; it went bubbling
down our throats, and brightened my eyes at once, but
left my friend sad and heavy as before. He drew the
tales towards him, with a mixture of natural affection
and natural disgust, like a father taking a deformed
infant into his arms.

“Pooh! Pish! Pshaw!” exclaimed he, holding them
at arm's length. “It was Gray's idea of heaven, to
lounge on a sofa and read new novels. Now, what
more appropriate torture would Dante himself have contrived,
for the sinner who perpetrates a bad book, than
to be continually turning over the manuscript?”

“It would fail of effect,” said I, “because a bad author
is always his own great admirer.”

“I lack that one characteristic of my tribe, — the only
desirable one,” observed Oberon. “But how many
recollections throng upon me, as I turn over these
leaves! This scene came into my fancy as I walked
along a hilly road, on a starlight October evening; in
the pure and bracing air, I became all soul, and felt as
if I could climb the sky, and run a race along the Milky
Way. Here is another tale, in which I wrapt myself
during a dark and dreary night-ride in the month of

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

March, till the rattling of the wheels and the voices of
my companions seemed like faint sounds of a dream, and
my visions a bright reality. That scribbled page describes
shadows which I summoned to my bedside at midnight:
they would not depart when I bade them; the gray dawn
came, and found me wide awake and feverish, the
victim of my own enchantments!”

“There must have been a sort of happiness in all
this,” said I, smitten with a strange longing to make
proof of it.

“There may be happiness in a fever fit,” replied the
author. “And then the various moods in which I
wrote! Sometimes my ideas were like precious stones
under the earth, requiring toil to dig them up, and care
to polish and brighten them; but often, a delicious
stream of thought would gush out upon the page at
once, like water sparkling up suddenly in the desert;
and when it had passed, I gnawed my pen hopelessly, or
blundered on with cold and miserable toil, as if there
were a wall of ice between me and my subject.”

“Do you now perceive a corresponding difference,”
inquired I, “between the passages which you wrote so
coldly, and those fervid flashes of the mind?”

“No,” said Oberon, tossing the manuscripts on the
table. “I find no traces of the golden pen, with which
I wrote in characters of fire. My treasure of fairy coin
is changed to worthless dross. My picture, painted in
what seemed the loveliest hues, presents nothing but a
faded and indistinguishable surface. I have been eloquent
and poetical and humorous in a dream — and
behold! it is all nonsense, now that I am awake.”

My friend now threw sticks of wood and dry chips

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

upon the fire, and seeing it blaze like Nebuchadnezzar's
furnace, seized the champagne-bottle, and drank two or
three brimming bumpers, successively. The heady liquor
combined with his agitation to throw him into a species
of rage. He laid violent hands on the tales. In one
instant more, their faults and beauties would alike have
vanished in a glowing purgatory. But, all at once, I
remembered passages of high imagination, deep pathos,
original thoughts, and points of such varied excellence,
that the vastness of the sacrifice struck me most forcibly.
I caught his arm.

“Surely, you do not mean to burn them!” I exclaimed.

“Let me alone!” cried Oberon, his eyes flashing fire.
“I will burn them! Not a scorched syllable shall
escape! Would you have me a damned author? — To
undergo sneers, taunts, abuse, and cold neglect, and faint
praise, bestowed, for pity's sake, against the giver's conscience!
A hissing and a laughing-stock to my own
traitorous thoughts! An outlaw from the protection of
the grave — one whose ashes every careless foot might
spurn, unhonored in life, and remembered scornfully in
death! Am I to bear all this, when yonder fire will
insure me from the whole? No! There go the tales!
May my hand wither when it would write another!”

The deed was done. He had thrown the manuscripts
into the hottest of the fire, which at first seemed to shrink
away, but soon curled around them, and made them a
part of its own fervent brightness. Oberon stood gazing
at the conflagration, and shortly began to soliloquize, in
the wildest strain, as if Fancy resisted and became riotous,
at the moment when he would have compelled her

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

to ascend that funeral pile. His words described objects
which he appeared to discern in the fire, fed by his own
precious thoughts; perhaps the thousand visions which
the writer's magic had incorporated with these pages
became visible to him in the dissolving heat, brightening
forth ere they vanished forever; while the smoke, the
vivid sheets of flame, the ruddy and whitening coals,
caught the aspect of a varied scenery.

“They blaze,” said he, “as if I had steeped them in
the intensest spirit of genius. There I see my lovers
clasped in each other's arms. How pure the flame that
bursts from their glowing hearts! And yonder the
features of a villain writhing in the fire that shall torment
him to eternity. My holy men, my pious and
angelic women, stand like martyrs amid the flames, their
mild eyes lifted heavenward. Ring out the bells! A
city is on fire. See! — destruction roars through my
dark forests, while the lakes boil up in steaming billows,
and the mountains are volcanoes, and the sky kindles
with a lurid brightness! All elements are but one
pervading flame! Ha! The fiend!”

I was somewhat startled by this latter exclamation.
The tales were almost consumed, but just then threw
forth a broad sheet of fire, which flickered as with laughter,
making the whole room dance in its brightness, and
then roared portentously up the chimney.

“You saw him? You must have seen him!” cried
Oberon. “How he glared at me and laughed, in that
last sheet of flame, with just the features that I imagined
for him! Well! The tales are gone.”

The papers were indeed reduced to a heap of black
cinders, with a multitude of sparks hurrying confusedly

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

among them, the traces of the pen being now represented
by white lines, and the whole mass fluttering to and fro,
in the draughts of air. The destroyer knelt down to
look at them.

“What is more potent than fire!” said he, in his
gloomiest tone. “Even thought, invisible and incorporeal
as it is, cannot escape it. In this little time, it has
annihilated the creations of long nights and days, which
I could no more reproduce, in their first glow and freshness,
than cause ashes and whitened bones to rise up
and live. There, too, I sacrificed the unborn children of
my mind. All that I had accomplished — all that I
planned for future years — has perished by one common
ruin, and left only this heap of embers! The deed has
been my fate. And what remains? A weary and aimless
life, — a long repentance of this hour, — and at last
an obscure grave, where they will bury and forget me!”

As the author concluded his dolorous moan, the extinguished
embers arose and settled down and arose again,
and finally flew up the chimney, like a demon with sable
wings. Just as they disappeared, there was a loud and
solitary cry in the street below us. “Fire! Fire!”
Other voices caught up that terrible word, and it speedily
became the shout of a multitude. Oberon started to his
feet, in fresh excitement.

“A fire on such a night!” cried he. “The wind
blows a gale, and wherever it whirls the flames, the
roofs will flash up like gunpowder. Every pump is
frozen up, and boiling water would turn to ice the
moment it was flung from the engine. In an hour, this
wooden town will be one great bonfire! What a glorious
scene for my next — Pshaw!”

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

The stret was now all alive with footsteps, and the
air full of voices. We heard one engine thundering
round a corner, and another rattling from a distance over
the pavements. The bells of three steeples clanged out
at once, spreading the alarm to many a neighboring
town, and expressing hurry, confusion and terror, so
inimitably that I could almost distinguish in their peal
the burthen of the universal cry — “Fire! Fire!
Fire!”

“What is so eloquent as their iron tongues!” exclaimed
Oberon. “My heart leaps and trembles, but
not with fear. And that other sound, too, — deep and
awful as a mighty organ, — the roar and thunder of the
multitude on the pavement below! Come! We are
losing time. I will cry out in the loudest of the
uproar, and mingle my spirit with the wildest of the
confusion, and be a bubble on the top of the ferment!”

From the first outcry, my forebodings had warned
me of the true object and centre of alarm. There was
nothing now but uproar, above, beneath, and around
us; footsteps stumbling pell-mell up the public staircase,
eager shouts and heavy thumps at the door, the
whiz and dash of water from the engines, and the crash
of furniture thrown upon the pavement. At once, the
truth flashed upon my friend. His frenzy took the hue
of joy, and, with a wild gesture of exultation, he leaped
almost to the ceiling of the chamber.

“My tales!” cried Oberon. “The chimney! The
roof! The Fiend has gone forth by night, and startled
thousands in fear and wonder from their beds! Here I
stand — a triumphant author! Huzza! Huzza! My
brain has set the town on fire! Huzza!”

-- --

p578-220 JOHN INGLEFIELD'S THANKSGIVING.

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

On the evening of Thanksgiving day, John Inglefield,
the blacksmith, sat in his elbow-chair, among those who
had been keeping festival at his board. Being the central
figure of the domestic circle, the fire threw its
strongest light on his massive and sturdy frame, reddening
his rough visage, so that it looked like the head of
an iron statue, all a-glow, from his own forge, and with
its features rudely fashioned on his own anvil. At John
Inglefield's right hand was an empty chair. The other
places round the hearth were filled by the members of
the family, who all sat quietly, while, with a semblance
of fantastic merriment, their shadows danced on the wall
behind them. One of the group was John Inglefield's
son, who had been bred at college, and was now a
student of theology at Andover. There was also a
daughter of sixteen, whom nobody could look at without
thinking of a rose-bud almost blossomed. The only other
person at the fireside was Robert Moore, formerly an
apprentice of the blacksmith, but now his journeyman,
and who seemed more like an own son of John Inglefield
than did the pale and slender student.

Only these four had kept New England's festival
beneath that roof. The vacant chair at John Inglefield's
right hand was in memory of his wife, whom
death had snatched from him since the previous Thanksgiving.
With a feeling that few would have looked for

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

in his rough nature, the bereaved husband had himself
set the chair in its place next his own; and often did his
eye glance thitherward, as if he deemed it possible that
the cold grave might send back its tenant to the cheerful
fireside, at least for that one evening. Thus did he
cherish the grief that was dear to him. But there was
another grief which he would fain have torn from his
heart; or, since that could never be, have buried it too
deep for others to behold, or for his own remembrance.
Within the past year another member of his household
had gone from him, but not to the grave. Yet they
kept no vacant chair for her.

While John Inglefield and his family were sitting
round the hearth with the shadows dancing behind them
on the wall, the outer door was opened, and a light footstep
came along the passage. The latch of the inner
door was lifted by some familiar hand, and a young girl
came in, wearing a cloak and hood, which she took off,
and laid on the table beneath the looking-glass. Then,
after gazing a moment at the fireside circle, she approached,
and took the seat at John Inglefield's right
hand, as if it had been reserved on purpose for her.

“Here I am, at last, father,” said she. “You ate your
Thanksgiving dinner without me, but I have come back
to spend the evening with you.”

Yes, it was Prudence Inglefield. She wore the same
neat and maidenly attire which she had been accustomed
to put on when the household work was over
for the day, and her hair was parted from her brow, in
the simple and modest fashion that became her best of
all. If her cheek might otherwise have been pale, yet
the glow of the fire suffused it with a healthful bloom.

-- 215 --

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

If she had spent the many months of her absence in
guilt and infamy, yet they seemed to have left no traces
on her gentle aspect. She could not have looked less
altered, had she merely stepped away from her father's
fireside for half an hour, and returned while the blaze
was quivering upwards from the same brands that were
burning at her departure. And to John Inglefield she
was the very image of his buried wife, such as he
remembered her on the first Thanksgiving which they
had passed under their own roof. Therefore, though
naturally a stern and rugged man, he could not speak
unkindly to his sinful child, nor yet could he take her to
his bosom.

“You are welcome home, Prudence,” said he, glancing
sideways at her, and his voice faltered. “Your
mother would have rejoiced to see you, but she has been
gone from us these four months.”

“I know it, father, I know it,” replied Prudence,
quickly. “And yet, when I first came in, my eyes were
so dazzled by the fire-light that she seemed to be sitting
in this very chair!”

By this time, the other members of the family had
begun to recover from their surprise, and became sensible
that it was no ghost from the grave, nor vision of
their vivid recollections, but Prudence, her own self.
Her brother was the next that greeted her. He
advanced and held out his hand affectionately, as a
brother should; yet not entirely like a brother, for, with
all his kindness, he was still a clergyman, and speaking
to a child of sin.

“Sister Prudence,” said he, earnestly, “I rejoice that
a merciful Providence hath turned your steps homeward,

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

in time for me to bid you a last farewell. In a few
weeks, sister, I am to sail as a missionary to the far
islands of the Pacific. There is not one of these beloved
faces that I shall ever hope to behold again on this
earth. O, may I see all of them — yours and all —
beyond the grave!”

A shadow flitted across the girl's countenance.

“The grave is very dark, brother,” answered she,
withdrawing her hand somewhat hastily from his grasp.
“You must look your last at me by the light of this
fire.”

While this was passing, the twin-girl — the rose-bud
that had grown on the same stem with the cast-away —
stood gazing at her sister, longing to fling herself upon
her bosom, so that the tendrils of their hearts might intertwine
again. At first she was restrained by mingled
grief and shame, and by a dread that Prudence was too
much changed to respond to her affection, or that her
own purity would be felt as a reproach by the lost one.
But, as she listened to the familiar voice, while the face
grew more and more familiar, she forgot everything
save that Prudence had come back. Springing forward,
she would have clasped her in a close embrace.
At that very instant, however, Prudence started from
her chair, and held out both her hands, with a warning
gesture.

“No, Mary, — no, my sister,” cried she, “do not
you touch me. Your bosom must not be pressed to
mine!”

Mary shuddered and stood still, for she felt that something
darker than the grave was between Prudence and
herself, though they seemed so near each other in the

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

light of their father's hearth, where they had grown up
together. Meanwhile Prudence threw her eyes around
the room, in search of one who had not yet bidden her
welcome. He had withdrawn from his seat by the
fireside, and was standing near the door, with his face
averted, so that his features could be discerned only
by the flickering shadow of the profile upon the wall.
But Prudence called to him, in a cheerful and kindly
tone:

“Come, Robert,” said she, “won't you shake hands
with your old friend?”

Robert Moore held back for a moment, but affection
struggled powerfully, and overcame his pride and resentment;
he rushed towards Prudence, seized her hand,
and pressed it to his bosom.

“There, there, Robert!” said she, smiling sadly, as
she withdrew her hand, “you must not give me too
warm a welcome.”

And now, having exchanged greetings with each
member of the family, Prudence again seated herself in
the chair at John Inglefield's right hand. She was
naturally a girl of quick and tender sensibilities, gladsome
in her general mood, but with a bewitching pathos
interfused among her merriest words and deeds. It was
remarked of her, too, that she had a faculty, even from
childhood, of throwing her own feelings like a spell over
her companions. Such as she had been in her days of
innocence, so did she appear this evening. Her friends,
in the surprise and bewilderment of her return, almost
forgot that she had ever left them, or that she had forfeited
any of her claims to their affection. In the morning,
perhaps, they might have looked at her with altered

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

eyes, but by the Thanksgiving fireside they felt only
that their own Prudence had come back to them, and
were thankful. John Inglefield's rough visage brightened
with the glow of his heart, as it grew warm and
merry within him; once or twice, even, he laughed
till the room rang again, yet seemed startled by the
echo of his own mirth. The grave young minister
became as frolicsome as a school-boy. Mary, too, the
rose-bud, forgot that her twin-blossom had ever been
torn from the stem, and trampled in the dust. And as
for Robert Moore, he gazed at Prudence with the
bashful earnestness of love new-born, while she, with
sweet maiden coquetry, half smiled upon and half discouraged
him.

In short, it was one of those intervals when sorrow
vanishes in its own depth of shadow, and joy starts
forth in transitory brightness. When the clock struck
eight, Prudence poured out her father's customary
draught of herb tea, which had been steeping by the
fire-side ever since twilight.

“God bless you, child!” said John Inglefield, as
he took the cup from her hand; “you have made
your old father happy again. But we miss your mother
sadly, Prudence, sadly. It seems as if she ought to be
here now.”

“Now, father, or never,” replied Prudence.

It was now the hour for domestic worship. But
while the family were making preparations for this
duty, they suddenly perceived that Prudence had put
on her cloak and hood, and was lifting the latch of the
door.

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

“Prudence, Prudence! where are you going?” cried
they all, with one voice.

As Prudence passed out of the door, she turned
towards them, and flung back her hand with a gesture
of farewell. But her face was so changed that they
hardly recognized it. Sin and evil passions glowed
through its comeliness, and wrought a horrible deformity;
a smile gleamed in her eyes, as of triumphant
mockery, at their surprise and grief.

“Daughter,” cried John Inglefield, between wrath and
sorrow, “stay and be your father's blessing, or take his
curse with you!”

For an instant Prudence lingered and looked back
into the fire-lighted room, while her countenance wore
almost the expression as if she were struggling with a
fiend, who had power to seize his victim even within the
hallowed precincts of her father's hearth. The fiend
prevailed; and Prudence vanished into the outer darkness.
When the family rushed to the door, they could
see nothing, but heard the sound of wheels rattling over
the frozen ground.

That same night, among the painted beauties at the
theatre of a neighboring city, there was one whose
dissolute mirth seemed inconsistent with any sympathy
for pure affections, and for the joys and griefs which
are hallowed by them. Yet this was Prudence Inglefield.
Her visit to the Thanksgiving fireside was the
realization of one of those waking dreams in which the
guilty soul will sometimes stray back to its innocence.
But Sin, alas! is careful of her bond-slaves; they hear
her voice, perhaps, at the holiest moment, and are constrained
to go whither she summons them. The same

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

dark power that drew Prudence Inglefield from her
father's hearth — the same in its nature, though heightened
then to a dread necessity — would snatch a guilty
soul from the gate of heaven, and make its sin and its
punishment alike eternal.

-- --

p578-228 OLD TICONDEROGA. A PICTURE OF THE PAST.

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

The greatest attraction, in this vicinity, is the famous
old fortress of Ticonderoga, the remains of which are
visible from the piazza of the tavern, on a swell of land
that shuts in the prospect of the lake. Those celebrated
heights, Mount Defiance and Mount Independence,
familiar to all Americans in history, stand too prominent
not to be recognized, though neither of them precisely
correspond to the images excited by their names. In
truth, the whole scene, except the interior of the fortress,
disappointed me. Mount Defiance, which one pictures
as a steep, lofty, and rugged hill, of most formidable
aspect, frowning down with the grim visage of a precipice
on old Ticonderoga, is merely a long and wooded
ridge; and bore, at some former period, the gentle name
of Sugar Hill. The brow is certainly difficult to climb,
and high enough to look into every corner of the fortress.
St. Clair's most probable reason, however, for neglecting
to occupy it, was the deficiency of troops to man the
works already constructed, rather than the supposed
inaccessibility of Mount Defiance. It is singular that
the French never fortified this height, standing, as it
does, in the quarter whence they must have looked for
the advance of a British army.

In my first view of the ruins, I was favored with the

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

scientific guidance of a young lieutenant of engineers,
recently from West Point, where he had gained credit for
great military genius. I saw nothing but confusion in what
chiefly interested him; straight lines and zigzags, defence
within defence, wall opposed to wall, and ditch intersecting
ditch; oblong squares of masonry below the surface
of the earth, and huge mounds, or turf-covered hills
of stone, above it. On one of these artificial hillocks, a
pine-tree has rooted itself, and grown tall and strong,
since the banner-staff was levelled. But where my
unmilitary glance could trace no regularity, the young
lieutenant was perfectly at home. He fathomed the
meaning of every ditch, and formed an entire plan of the
fortress from its half-obliterated lines. His description
of Ticonderoga would be as accurate as a geometrical
theorem, and as barren of the poetry that has clustered
round its decay. I viewed Ticonderoga as a place of
ancient strength, in ruins for half a century: where the
flags of three nations had successively waved, and none
waved now; where armies had struggled, so long ago
that the bones of the slain were mouldered; where Peace
had found a heritage in the forsaken haunts of War.
Now the young West Pointer, with his lectures on ravelins,
counterscarps, angles, and covered ways, made it an
affair of brick and mortar and hewn stone, arranged on
certain regular principles, having a good deal to do with
mathematics, but nothing at all with poetry.

I should have been glad of a hoary veteran to totter
by my side, and tell me, perhaps, of the French garrisons
and their Indian allies, — of Abercrombie, Lord Howe,
and Amherst, — of Ethan Allen's triumph and St.
Clair's surrender. The old soldier and the old fortress

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

would be emblems of each other. His reminiscences,
though vivid as the image of Ticonderoga in the lake,
would harmonize with the gray influence of the scene.
A survivor of the long-disbanded garrisons, though but a
private soldier, might have mustered his dead chiefs and
comrades, — some from Westminster Abbey, and English
church-yards, and battle-fields in Europe, — others
from their graves here in America, — others, not a few,
who lie sleeping round the fortress; he might have
mustered them all, and bid them march through the
ruined gateway, turning their old historic faces on me, as
they passed. Next to such a companion, the best is one's
own fancy.

At another visit I was alone, and, after rambling all
over the ramparts, sat down to rest myself in one of the
roofless barracks. These are old French structures, and
appear to have occupied three sides of a large area, now
overgrown with grass, nettles, and thistles. The one in
which I sat was long and narrow, as all the rest had
been, with peaked gables. The exterior walls were
nearly entire, constructed of gray, flat, unpicked stones,
the aged strength of which promised long to resist the
elements, if no other violence should precipitate their
fall. The roof, floors, partitions, and the rest of the
wood-work, had probably been burnt, except some bars
of stanch old oak, which were blackened with fire, but
still remained imbedded into the window-sills and over
the doors. There were a few particles of plastering near
the chimney, scratched with rude figures, perhaps by a
soldier's hand. A most luxuriant crop of weeds had
sprung up within the edifice, and hid the scattered fragments
of the wall. Grass and weeds grew in the

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

windows, and in all the crevices of the stone, climbing, step
by step, till a tuft of yellow flowers was waving on the
highest peak of the gable. Some spicy herb diffused a
pleasant odor through the ruin. A verdant heap of
vegetation had covered the hearth of the second floor,
clustering on the very spot where the huge logs had
mouldered to glowing coals, and flourished beneath the
broad flue, which had so often puffed the smoke over a
circle of French or English soldiers. I felt that there
was no other token of decay so impressive as that bed
of weeds in the place of the back-log.

Here I sat, with those roofless walls about me, the
clear sky over my head, and the afternoon sunshine
falling gently bright through the window-frames and
doorway. I heard the tinkling of a cow-bell, the twittering
of birds, and the pleasant hum of insects. Once
a gay butterfly, with four gold-speckled wings, came
and fluttered about my head, then flew up and lighted
on the highest tuft of yellow flowers, and at last took
wing across the lake. Next a bee buzzed through the
sunshine, and found much sweetness among the weeds.
After watching him till he went off to his distant hive, I
closed my eyes on Ticonderoga in ruins, and cast a
dream-like glance over pictures of the past, and scenes
of which this spot had been the theatre.

At first, my fancy saw only the stern hills, lonely
lakes, and venerable woods. Not a tree, since their
seeds were first scattered over the infant soil, had felt
the axe, but had grown up and flourished through its
long generation, had fallen beneath the weight of years,
been buried in green moss, and nourished the roots of
others as gigantic. Hark! A light paddle dips into

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

the lake, a birch canoe glides round the point, and an
Indian chief has passed, painted and feather-crested,
armed with a bow of hickory, a stone tomahawk, and
flint-headed arrows. But the ripple had hardly vanished
from the water, when a white flag caught the breeze,
over a castle in the wilderness, with frowning ramparts
and a hundred cannon. There stood a French chevalier,
commandant of the fortress, paying court to a coppercolored
lady, the princess of the land, and winning her
wild love by the arts which had been successful with
Parisian dames. A war-party of French and Indians
were issuing from the gate to lay waste some village of
New England. Near the fortress there was a group of
dancers. The merry soldiers footing it with the swart
savage maids; deeper in the wood, some red men were
growing frantic around a keg of the fire-water; and elsewhere
a Jesuit preached the faith of high cathedrals
beneath a canopy of forest boughs, and distributed crucifixes
to be worn beside English scalps.

I tried to make a series of pictures from the old
French war, when fleets were on the lake and armies in
the woods, and especially of Abercrombie's disastrous
repulse, where thousands of lives were utterly thrown
away; but, being at a loss how to order the battle, I
chose an evening scene in the barracks, after the fortress
had surrendered to Sir Jeffrey Amherst. What an
immense fire blazes on that hearth, gleaming on swords,
bayonets, and musket-barrels, and blending with the hue
of the scarlet coats till the whole barrack-room is quivering
with ruddy light! One soldier has thrown himself
down to rest, after a deer-hunt, or perhaps a long run

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

through the woods, with Indians on his trail. Two
stand up to wrestle, and are on the point of coming to
blows. A fifer plays a shrill accompaniment to a drummer's
song, — a strain of light love and bloody war, with
a chorus thundered forth by twenty voices. Meantime,
a veteran in the corner is prosing about Dettingen and
Fontenoye, and relates camp-traditions of Marlborough's
battles, till his pipe, having been roguishly charged with
gunpowder, makes a terrible exploison under his nose.
And now they all vanish in a puff of smoke from the
chimney.

I merely glanced at the ensuing twenty years, which
glided peacefully over the frontier fortress, till Ethan
Allen's shout was heard, summoning it to surrender “in
the name of the great Jehovah and of the Continental
Congress.” Strange allies! thought the British captain.
Next came the hurried muster of the soldiers of liberty,
when the cannon of Burgoyne, pointing down upon their
stronghold from the brow of Mount Defiance, announced
a new conqueror of Ticonderoga. No virgin fortress,
this! Forth rushed the motley throng from the barracks,
one man wearing the blue and buff of the Union, another
the red coat of Britain, a third a dragoon's jacket, and a
fourth a cotton frock; here was a pair of leather breeches,
and striped trousers there; a grenadier's cap on one
head, and a broad-brimmed hat, with a tall feather, on
the next; this fellow shouldering a king's arm, that
might throw a bullet to Crown Point, and his comrade a
long fowling-piece, admirable to shoot ducks on the lake.
In the midst of the bustle, when the fortress was all
alive with its last warlike scene, the ringing of a bell on
the lake made me suddenly unclose my eyes, and behold

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

only the gray and weed-grown ruins. They were as
peaceful in the sun as a warrior's grave.

Hastening to the rampart, I perceived that the signal
had been given by the steamboat Franklin, which landed
a passenger from Whitehall at the tavern, and resumed
its progress northward, to reach Canada the next morning.
A sloop was pursuing the same track; a little skiff
had just crossed the ferry; while a scow, laden with
lumber, spread its huge square sail, and went up the lake.
The whole country was a cultivated farm. Within
musket-shot of the ramparts lay the neat villa of Mr.
Pell, who, since the Revolution, has become proprietor of
a spot for which France, England and America, have so
often struggled. How forcibly the lapse of time and
change of circumstances came home to my apprehension!
Banner would never wave again, nor cannon roar, nor
blood be shed, nor trumpet stir up a soldier's heart, in
this old fort of Ticonderoga. Tall trees had grown upon
its ramparts, since the last garrison marched out, to
return no more, or only at some dreamer's summons,
gliding from the twilight past to vanish among realities.

-- --

p578-235 THE WIVES OF THE DEAD.

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

The following story, the simple and domestic incidents
of which may be deemed scarcely worth relating, after
such a lapse of time, awakened some degree of interest,
a hundred years ago, in a principal seaport of the Bay
Province. The rainy twilight of an autumn day, — a
parlor on the second floor of a small house, plainly
furnished, as beseemed the middling circumstances of its
inhabitants, yet decorated with little curiosities from
beyond the sea, and a few delicate specimens of Indian
manufacture, — these are the only particulars to be
premised in regard to scene and season. Two young
and comely women sat together by the fireside, nursing
their mutual and peculiar sorrows. They were the
recent brides of two brothers, a sailor and a landsman,
and two successive days had brought tidings of the death
of each, by the chances of Canadian warfare, and the
tempestuous Atlantic. The universal sympathy excited
by this bereavement drew numerous condoling guests
to the habitation of the widowed sisters. Several, among
whom was the minister, had remained till the verge of
evening; when, one by one, whispering many comfortable
passages of Scripture, that were answered by more
abundant tears, they took their leave, and departed to
their own happier homes. The mourners, though not
insensible to the kindness of their friends, had yearned
to be left alone. United, as they had been, by the

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

relationship of the living, and now more closely so by
that of the dead, each felt as if whatever consolation her
grief admitted were to be found in the bosom of the
other. They joined their hearts, and wept together
silently. But after an hour of such indulgence, one of
the sisters, all of whose emotions were influenced by her
mild, quiet, yet not feeble character, began to recollect
the precepts of resignation and endurance which piety
had taught her, when she did not think to need them.
Her misfortune, besides, as earliest known, should earliest
cease to interfere with her regular course of duties;
accordingly, having placed the table before the fire,
and arranged a frugal meal, she took the hand of her
companion.

“Come, dearest sister; you have eaten not a morsel
to-day,” she said. “Arise, I pray you, and let us ask a
blessing on that which is provided for us.”

Her sister-in-law was of a lively and irritable temperament,
and the first pangs of her sorrow had been expressed
by shrieks and passionate lamentation. She now
shrunk from Mary's words, like a wounded sufferer from
a hand that revives the throb.

“There is no blessing left for me, neither will I ask
it!” cried Margaret, with a fresh burst of tears. “Would
it were His will that I might never taste food more!”

Yet she trembled at these rebellious expressions,
almost as soon as they were uttered, and, by degrees,
Mary succeeded in bringing her sister's mind nearer to
the situation of her own. Time went on, and their usual
hour of repose arrived. The brothers and their brides,
entering the married state with no more than the slender
means which then sanctioned such a step, had

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

confederated themselves in one household, with equal rights to
the parlor, and claiming exclusive privileges in two
sleeping rooms contiguous to it. Thither the widowed
ones retired, after heaping ashes upon the dying embers
of their fire, and placing a lighted lamp upon the hearth.
The doors of both chambers were left open, so that a part
of the interior of each, and the beds with their unclosed
curtains, were reciprocally visible. Sleep did not steal
upon the sisters at one and the same time. Mary
experienced the effect often consequent upon grief quietly
borne, and soon sunk into temporary forgetfulness,
while Margaret became more disturbed and feverish, in
proportion as the night advanced with its deepest and
stillest hours. She lay listening to the drops of rain,
that came down in monotonous succession, unswayed by
a breath of wind; and a nervous impulse continually
caused her to lift her head from the pillow, and gaze into
Mary's chamber and the intermediate apartment. The
cold light of the lamp threw the shadows of the furniture
up against the wall, stamping them immovably there,
except when they were shaken by a sudden flicker of
the flame. Two vacant arm-chairs were in their old
positions on opposite sides of the hearth, where the
brothers had been wont to sit in young and laughing
dignity, as heads of families; two humbler seats were
near them, the true thrones of that little empire, where
Mary and herself had exercised in love a power that love
had won. The cheerful radiance of the fire had shone
upon the happy circle, and the dead glimmer of the lamp
might have befitted their reünion now. While Margaret
groaned in bitterness, she heard a knock at the street-door.

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

“How would my heart have leapt at that sound but
yesterday!” thought she, remembering the anxiety with
which she had long awaited tidings from her husband.
“I care not for it now; let them begone, for I will not
arise.”

But even while a sort of childish fretfulness made her
thus resolve, she was breathing hurriedly, and straining
her ears to catch a repetition of the summons. It is
difficult to be convinced of the death of one whom we
have deemed another self. The knocking was now
renewed in slow and regular strokes, apparently given
with the soft end of a doubled first, and was accompanied
by words, faintly heard through several thicknesses of
wall. Margaret looked to her sister's chamber, and
beheld her still lying in the depths of sleep. She arose,
placed her foot upon the floor, and slightly arrayed
herself, trembling between fear and eagerness as she
did so.

“Heaven help me!” sighed she. “I have nothing
left to fear, and methinks I am ten times more a coward
than ever.”

Seizing the lamp from the hearth, she hastened to the
window that overlooked the street-door. It was a lattice,
turning upon hinges; and having thrown it back, she
stretched her head a little way into the moist atmosphere.
A lantern was reddening the front of the house,
and melting its light in the neighboring puddles, while a
deluge of darkness overwhelmed every other object. As
the window grated on its hinges, a man in a broad-brimmed
hat and blanket-coat stepped from under the
shelter of the projecting story, and looked upward to

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

discover whom his application had aroused. Margaret
knew him as a friendly innkeeper of the town.

“What would you have, Goodman Parker?” cried the
widow.

“Lack-a-day, is it you, Mistress Margaret?” replied
the innkeeper. “I was afraid it might be your sister
Mary; for I hate to see a young woman in trouble, when
I have n't a word of comfort to whisper her.”

“For Heaven's sake, what news do you bring?”
screamed Margaret.

“Why, there has been an express through the town
within this half-hour,” said Goodman Parker, “travelling
from the eastern jurisdiction with letters from the governor
and council. He tarried at my house to refresh
himself with a drop and a morsel, and I asked him what
tidings on the frontiers. He tells me we had the better
in the skirmish you wot of, and that thirteen men
reported slain are well and sound, and your husband
among them. Besides, he is appointed of the escort to
bring the captivated Frenchers and Indians home to the
province jail. I judged you would n't mind being broke of
your rest, and so I stepped over to tell you. Good-night.”

So saying, the honest man departed; and his lantern
gleamed along the street, bringing to view indistinct
shapes of things, and the fragments of a world, like order
glimmering through chaos, or memory roaming over the
past. But Margaret staid not to watch these picturesque
effects. Joy flashed into her heart, and lighted it up at
once; and breathless, and with winged steps, she flew to
the bedside of her sister. She paused, however, at the
door of the chamber, while a thought of pain broke in
upon her.

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

“Poor Mary!” said she to herself. “Shall I waken
her, to feel her sorrow sharpened by my happiness? No;
I will keep it within my own bosom till the morrow.”

She approached the bed, to discover if Mary's sleep
were peaceful. Her face was turned partly inward to
the pillow, and had been hidden there to weep; but a
look of motionless contentment was now visible upon it,
as if her heart, like a deep lake, had grown calm because
its dead had sunk down so far within. Happy is it, and
strange, that the lighter sorrows are those from which
dreams are chiefly fabricated. Margaret shrunk from
disturbing her sister-in-law, and felt as if her own better
fortune had rendered her involuntarily unfaithful, and
as if altered and diminished affection must be the consequence
of the disclosure she had to make. With a
sudden step, she turned away. But joy could not long
be repressed, even by circumstances that would have
excited heavy grief at another moment. Her mind was
thronged with delightful thoughts, till sleep stole on, and
transformed them to visions, more delightful and more
wild, like the breath of winter (but what a cold comparison!)
working fantastic tracery upon a window.

When the night was far advanced, Mary awoke with
a sudden start. A vivid dream had latterly involved her
in its unreal life, of which, however, she could only
remember that it had been broken in upon at the most
interesting point. For a little time, slumber hung about
her like a morning mist, hindering her from perceiving
the distinct outline of her situation. She listened with
imperfect consciousness to two or three volleys of a rapid
and eager knocking; and first she deemed the noise a
matter of course, like the breath she drew; next, it

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

appeared a thing in which she had no concern; and
lastly, she became aware that it was a summons necessary
to be obeyed. At the same moment, the pang of
recollection darted into her mind; the pall of sleep was
thrown back from the face of grief; the dim light of the
chamber, and the objects therein revealed, had retained
all her suspended ideas, and restored them as soon as
she unclosed her eyes. Again there was a quick peal
upon the street-door. Fearing that her sister would also
be disturbed, Mary wrapped herself in a cloak and hood,
took the lamp from the hearth, and hastened to the window.
By some accident, it had been left unhasped, and
yielded easily to her hand.

“Who 's there?” asked Mary, trembling as she looked
forth.

The storm was over, and the moon was up; it shone
upon broken clouds above, and below upon houses black
with moisture, and upon little lakes of the fallen rain,
curling into silver beneath the quick enchantment of a
breeze. A young man in a sailor's dress, wet as if he
had come out of the depths of the sea, stood alone under
the window. Mary recognized him as one whose livelihood
was gained by short voyages along the coast; nor
did she forget that, previous to her marriage, he had
been an unsuccessful wooer of her own.

“What do you seek here, Stephen?” said she.

“Cheer up, Mary, for I seek to comfort you,” answered
the rejected lover. “You must know I got home not
ten minutes ago, and the first thing my good mother told
me was the news about your husband. So, without saying
a word to the old woman, I clapped on my hat, and

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

ran out of the house. I could n't have slept a wink before
speaking to you, Mary, for the sake of old times.”

“Stephen, I thought better of you!” exclaimed the
widow, with gushing tears, and preparing to close the
lattice; for she was no whit inclined to imitate the first
wife of Zadig.

“But stop, and hear my story out,” cried the young
sailor. “I tell you we spoke a brig yesterday afternoon,
bound in from Old England. And who do you think I
saw standing on deck, well and hearty, only a bit thinner
than he was five months ago?”

Mary leaned from the window, but could not speak.

“Why, it was your husband himself,” continued the
generous seaman. “He and three others saved themselves
on a spar, when the Blessing turned bottom
upwards. The brig will beat into the bay by daylight,
with this wind, and you 'll see him here to-morrow.
There 's the comfort I bring you, Mary, and so goodnight.”

He hurried away, while Mary watched him with a
doubt of waking reality, that seemed stronger or weaker
as he alternately entered the shade of the houses, or
emerged into the broad streaks of moonlight. Gradually,
however, a blessed flood of conviction swelled into
her heart, in strength enough to overwhelm her, had its
increase been more abrupt. Her first impulse was to
rouse her sister-in-law, and communicate the new-born
gladness. She opened the chamber-door, which had
been closed in the course of the night, though not latched,
advanced to the bedside, and was about to lay her hand
upon the slumberer's shoulder. But then she remembered
that Margaret would awake to thoughts of death

-- 236 --

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

and woe, rendered not the less bitter by their contrast
with her own felicity. She suffered the rays of the lamp
to fall upon the unconscious form of the bereaved one.
Margaret lay in unquiet sleep, and the drapery was displaced
around her; her young cheek was rosy-tinted,
and her lips half opened in a vivid smile; an expression
of joy, debarred its passage by her sealed eyelids, struggled
forth like incense from the whole countenance.

“My poor sister! you will waken too soon from that
happy dream,” thought Mary.

Before retiring, she set down the lamp, and endeavored
to arrange the bed-clothes so that the chill air might
not do harm to the feverish slumberer. But her hand
trembled against Margaret's neck, a tear also fell upon
her cheek, and she suddenly awoke.

-- --

p578-244 LITTLE DAFFYDOWNDILLY.

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

Daffydowndilly was so called because in his nature
he resembled a flower, and loved to do only what was
beautiful and agreeable, and took no delight in labor of
any kind. But, while Daffydowndilly was yet a little
boy, his mother sent him away from his pleasant home,
and put him under the care of a very strict schoolmaster,
who went by the name of Mr. Toil. Those
who knew him best affirmed that this Mr. Toil was a
very worthy character; and that he had done more good,
both to children and grown people, than anybody else in
the world. Certainly he had lived long enough to do a
great deal of good; for, if all stories be true, he had
dwelt upon earth ever since Adam was driven from the
garden of Eden.

Nevertheless, Mr. Toil had a severe and ugly countenance,
especially for such little boys or big men as were
inclined to be idle; his voice, too, was harsh; and all his
ways and customs seemed very disagreeable to our friend
Daffydowndilly. The whole day long, this terrible old
schoolmaster sat at his desk overlooking the scholars, or
stalked about the school-room with a certain awful birch
rod in his hand. Now came a rap over the shoulders
of a boy whom Mr. Toil had caught at play; now he
punished a whole class who were behindhand with their
lessons; and, in short, unless a lad chose to attend

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

quietly and constantly to his book, he had no chance
of enjoying a quiet moment in the school-room of Mr.
Toil.

“This will never do for me,” thought Daffydowndilly.

Now, the whole of Daffydowndilly's life had hitherto
been passed with his dear mother, who had a much
sweeter face than old Mr. Toil, and who had always
been very indulgent to her little boy. No wonder,
therefore, that poor Daffydowndilly found if a woful
change, to be sent away from the good lady's side, and
put under the care of this ugly-visaged schoolmaster,
who never gave him any apples or cakes, and seemed
to think that little boys were created only to get
lessons.

“I can't bear it any longer,” said Daffydowndilly to
himself, when he had been at school about a week.
“I 'll run away, and try to find my dear mother; and,
at any rate, I shall never find anybody half so disagreeable
as this old Mr. Toil!”

So, the very next morning, off started poor Daffydowndilly,
and began his rambles about the world, with only
some bread and cheese for his breakfast, and very little
pocket-money to pay his expenses. But he had gone
only a short distance, when he overtook a man of grave
and sedate appearance, who was trudging at a moderate
pace along the road.

“Good-morning, my fine lad,” said the stranger; and
his voice seemed hard and severe, but yet had a sort of
kindness in it; “whence do you come so early, and
whither are you going?”

Little Daffydowndilly was a boy of very ingenuous

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

disposition, and had never been known to tell a lie, in
all his life. Nor did he tell one now. He hesitated a
moment or two, but finally confessed that he had run
away from school, on account of his great dislike to Mr.
Toil; and that he was resolved to find some place in the
world where he should never see or hear of the old
schoolmaster again.

“O, very well, my little friend!” answered the
stranger. “Then we will go together; for I, likewise,
have had a good deal to do with Mr. Toil, and should
be glad to find some place where he was never heard
of.”

Our friend Daffydowndilly would have been better
pleased with a companion of his own age, with whom
he might have gathered flowers along the roadside, or
have chased butterflies, or have done many other things
to make the journey pleasant. But he had wisdom
enough to understand that he should get along through
the world much easier by having a man of experience
to show him the way. So he accepted the stranger's
proposal, and they walked on very sociably together.

They had not gone far, when the road passed by a
field where some haymakers were at work, mowing
down the tall grass, and spreading it out in the sun to
dry. Daffydowndilly was delighted with the sweet
smell of the new-mown grass, and thought how much
pleasanter it must be to make hay in the sunshine, under
the blue sky, and with the birds singing sweetly in the
neighboring trees and bushes, than to be shut up in a
dismal school-room, learning lessons all day long, and
continually scolded by old Mr. Toil. But, in the midst
of these thoughts, while he was stopping to peep over

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

the stone wall, he started back and caught hold of his
companion's hand.

“Quick, quick!” cried he. “Let us run away, or
he will catch us!”

“Who will catch us?” asked the stranger.

“Mr. Toil, the old schoolmaster!” answered Daffydowndilly.
“Don't you see him amongst the haymakers?”

And Daffydowndilly pointed to an elderly man, who
seemed to be the owner of the field, and the employer of
the men at work there. He had stripped off his coat
and waistcoat, and was busily at work in his shirt-sleeves.
The drops of sweat stood upon his brow; but
he gave himself not a moment's rest, and kept crying
out to the haymakers to make hay while the sun
shone. Now, strange to say, the figure and features
of this old farmer were precisely the same as those of
old Mr. Toil, who, at that very moment, must have
been just entering his school-room.

“Don't be afraid,” said the stranger. “This is not
Mr. Toil the schoolmaster, but a brother of his, who
was bred a farmer; and people say he is the most disagreeable
man of the two. However, he won't trouble
you, unless you become a laborer on the farm.”

Little Daffydowndilly believed what his companion
said, but was very glad, nevertheless, when they were
out of sight of the old farmer, who bore such a singular
resemblance to Mr. Toil. The two travellers had gone
but little further, when they came to a spot where some
carpenters were erecting a house. Daffydowndilly
begged his companion to stop a moment; for it was a
very pretty sight to see how neatly the carpenters did

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

their work, with their broad-axes, and saws, and planes,
and hammers, shaping out the doors, and putting in the
window-sashes, and nailing on the clapboards; and he
could not help thinking that he should like to take a
broad-axe, a saw, a plane, and a hammer, and build a
little house for himself. And then, when he should
have a house of his own, old Mr. Toil would never dare
to molest him.

But, just while he was delighting himself with this
idea, little Daffydowndilly beheld something that made
him catch hold of his companion's hand, all in a fright.

“Make haste! Quick, quick!” cried he. “There
he is again!”

“Who?” asked the stranger, very quietly.

“Old Mr. Toil,” said Daffydowndilly, trembling.
“There! he that is overseeing the carpenters. 'T is
my old schoolmaster, as sure as I 'm alive!”

The stranger cast his eyes where Daffydowndilly
pointed his finger; and he saw an elderly man, with a
carpenter's rule and compasses in his hand. This
person went to and fro about the unfinished house,
measuring pieces of timber, and marking out the work
that was to be done, and continually exhorting the
other carpenters to be diligent. And wherever he
turned his hard and wrinkled visage, the men seemed to
feel that they had a task-master over them, and sawed,
and hammered, and planed, as if for dear life.

“O, no! this is not Mr. Toil, the schoolmaster,” said
the stranger. “It is another brother of his, who follows
the trade of carpenter.”

“I am very glad to hear it,” quoth Daffydowndilly;

-- 242 --

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

“but, if you please, sir, I should like to get out of his
way as soon as possible.”

Then they went on a little further, and soon heard
the sound of a drum and fife. Daffydowndilly pricked
up his ears at this, and besought his companion to
hurry forward, that they might not miss seeing the
soldiers. Accordingly, they made what haste they
could, and soon met a company of soldiers, gayly
dressed, with beautiful feathers in their caps, and bright
muskets on their shoulders. In front marched two
drummers and two fifers, beating on their drums and
playing on their fifes with might and main, and making
such lively music that little Daffydowndilly would
gladly have followed them to the end of the world.
And if he was only a soldier, then, he said to himself,
old Mr. Toil would never venture to look him in the
face.

“Quick step! Forward march!” shouted a gruff
voice.

Little Daffydowndilly started, in great dismay; for
this voice which had spoken to the soldiers sounded
precisely the same as that which he had heard every
day in Mr. Toil's school-room, out of Mr. Toil's own
mouth. And, turning his eyes to the captain of the
company, what should he see but the very image of old
Mr. Toil himself, with a smart cap and feather on his
head, a pair of gold epaulets on his shoulders, a laced
coat on his back, a purple sash round his waist, and
a long sword, instead of a birch rod, in his hand.
And though he held his head so high, and strutted like
a turkey-cock, still he looked quite as ugly and

-- 243 --

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

disagreeable as when he was hearing lessons in the school-room.

“This is certainly old Mr. Toil,” said Daffydowndilly,
in a trembling voice. “Let us run away, for fear he
should make us enlist in his company!”

“You are mistaken again, my little friend,” replied
the stranger, very composedly. “This is not Mr. Toil,
the schoolmaster, but a brother of his, who has served
in the army all his life. People say he 's a terribly
severe fellow; but you and I need not be afraid of
him.”

“Well, well,” said little Daffydowndilly, “but, if you
please, sir, I don't want to see the soldiers any more.”

So the child and the stranger resumed their journey;
and, by and by, they came to a house by the road-side,
where a number of people were making merry. Young
men and rosy-cheeked girls, with smiles on their faces,
were dancing to the sound of a fiddle. It was the pleasantest
sight that Daffydowndilly had yet met with, and
it comforted him for all his disappointments.

“O, let us stop here,” cried he to his companion;
“for Mr. Toil will never dare to show his face where
there is a fiddler, and where people are dancing and
making merry. We shall be quite safe here!”

But these last words died away upon Daffydowndilly's
tongue; for, happening to cast his eyes on the fiddler,
whom should he behold again, but the likeness of Mr.
Toil, holding a fiddle-bow instead of a birch rod, and
flourishing it with as much ease and dexterity as if he
had been a fiddler all his life! He had somewhat the
air of a Frenchman, but still looked exactly like the old
schoolmaster; and Daffydowndilly even fancied that he

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

nodded and winked at him, and made signs for him to
join in the dance.

“O, dear me!” whispered he, turning pale. “It
seems as if there was nobody but Mr. Toil in the
world. Who could have thought of his playing on a
fiddle!”

“This is not your old schoolmaster,” observed the
stranger, “but another brother of his, who was bred in
France, where he learned the profession of a fiddler. He
is ashamed of his family, and generally calls himself
Monsieur le Plaisir; but his real name is Toil, and
those who have known him best think him still more
disagreeable than his brothers.”

“Pray let us go a little further,” said Daffydowndilly.
“I don't like the looks of this fiddler, at all.”

Well, thus the stranger and little Daffydowndilly
went wandering along the highway, and in shady lanes,
and through pleasant villages; and whithersoever they
went, behold! there was the image of old Mr. Toil. He
stood like a scarecrow in the corn-fields. If they entered
a house, he sat in the parlor; if they peeped into the
kitchen, he was there. He made himself at home in
every cottage, and stole, under one disguise or another,
into the most splendid mansions. Everywhere there
was sure to be somebody wearing the likeness of Mr.
Toil, and who, as the stranger affirmed, was one of the
old schoolmaster's innumerable brethren.

Little Daffydowndilly was almost tired to death, when
he perceived some people reclining lazily in a shady
place, by the side of the road. The poor child entreated
his companion that they might sit down there, and take
some repose.

-- 245 --

[figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

“Old Mr. Toil will never come here,” said he; “for
he hates to see people taking their ease.”

But, even while he spoke, Daffydowndilly's eyes fell
upon a person who seemed the laziest, and heaviest, and
most torpid, of all those lazy, and heavy, and torpid
people, who had lain down to sleep in the shade. Who
should it be, again, but the very image of Mr. Toil!

“There is a large family of these Toils,” remarked
the stranger. “This is another of the old schoolmaster's
brothers, who was bred in Italy, where he acquired very
idle habits, and goes by the name of Signor Far Niente.
He pretends to lead an easy life, but is really the most
miserable fellow in the family.”

“O, take me back! — take me back!” cried poor
little Daffydowndilly, bursting into tears. “If there is
nothing but Toil all the world over, I may just as well go
back to the schoolhouse!”

“Yonder it is, — there is the schoolhouse!” said the
stranger; for though he and little Daffydowndilly had
taken a great many steps, they had travelled in a circle,
instead of a straight line. “Come; we will go back to
school together.”

There was something in his companion's voice that
little Daffydowndilly now remembered; and it is strange
that he had not remembered it sooner. Looking up into
his face, behold! there again was the likeness of old
Mr. Toil; so that the poor child had been in company
with Toil all day, even while he was doing his best to
run away from him. Some people, to whom I have told
little Daffydowndilly's story, are of opinion that old Mr.
Toil was a magician, and possessed the power of multiplying
himself into as many shapes as he saw fit.

-- 246 --

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

Be this as it may, little Daffydowndilly had learned a
good lesson, and from that time forward was diligent at
his task, because he knew that diligence is not a whit
more toilsome than sport or idleness. And when he
became better acquainted with Mr. Toil, he began to
think that his ways were not so very disagreeable, and
that the old schoolmaster's smile of approbation made
his face almost as pleasant as even that of Daffydowndilly's
mother.

-- --

p578-254 MAJOR MOLINEUX.

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

After the kings of Great Britain had assumed the
right of appointing the colonial governors, the measures
of the latter seldom met with the ready and general
approbation which had been paid to those of their
predecessors, under the original charters. The people
looked with most jealous scrutiny to the exercise of
power which did not emanate from themselves, and they
usually rewarded their rulers with slender gratitude for
the compliances by which, in softening their instructions
from beyond the sea, they had incurred the reprehension
of those who gave them. The annals of Massachusetts
Bay will inform us, that of six governors in the space
of about forty years from the surrender of the old charter,
under James II., two were imprisoned by a popular
insurrection; a third, as Hutchinson inclines to believe,
was driven from the province by the whizzing of a musketball;
a fourth, in the opinion of the same historian, was
hastened to his grave by continual bickerings with the
House of Representatives; and the remaining two, as
well as their successors, till the Revolution, were favored
with few and brief intervals of peaceful sway. The
inferior members of the court party, in times of high
political excitement, led scarcely a more desirable life.
These remarks may serve as a preface to the following
adventures, which chanced upon a summer night, not far

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

from a hundred years ago. The reader, in order to
avoid a long and dry detail of colonial affairs, is
requested to dispense with an account of the train of
circumstances that had caused much temporary inflammation
of the popular mind.

It was near nine o'clock of a moonlight evening, when
a boat crossed the ferry with a single passenger, who had
obtained his conveyance at that unusual hour by the
promise of an extra fare. While he stood on the landing
place, searching in either pocket for the means of
fulfilling his agreement, the ferryman lifted a lantern, by
the aid of which, and the newly-risen moon, he took a
very accurate survey of the stranger's figure. He was a
youth of barely eighteen years, evidently country-bred,
and now, as it should seem, upon his first visit to town.
He was clad in a coarse gray coat, well worn, but in
excellent repair; his under garments were durably constructed
of leather, and fitted tight to a pair of serviceable
and well-shaped limbs; his stockings of blue yarn were
the incontrovertible work of a mother or a sister; and on
his head was a three-cornered hat, which in its better
days had perhaps sheltered the graver brow of the lad's
father. Under his left arm was a heavy cudgel, formed
of an oak sapling, and retaining a part of the hardened
root; and his equipment was completed by a wallet, not
so abundantly stocked as to incommode the vigorous
shoulders on which it hung. Brown, curly hair, well-shaped
features, and bright, cheerful eyes, were nature's
gifts, and worth all that art could have done for his
adornment.

The youth, one of whose names was Robin, finally
drew from his pocket the half of a little province bill of

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

five shillings, which, in the depreciation of that sort of
currency, did but satisfy the ferryman's demand, with
the surplus of a sexangular piece of parchment, valued
at three pence. He then walked forward into the town,
with as light a step as if his day's journey had not
already exceeded thirty miles, and with as eager an eye
as if he were entering London city, instead of the little
metropolis of a New England colony. Before Robin had
proceeded far, however, it occurred to him that he knew
not whither to direct his steps; so he paused, and looked
up and down the narrow street, scrutinizing the small
and mean wooden buildings that were scattered on
either side.

“This low hovel cannot be my kinsman's dwelling,”
thought he, “nor yonder old house, where the moonlight
enters at the broken casement; and truly I see none
hereabouts that might be worthy of him. It would have
been wise to inquire my way of the ferryman, and
doubtless he would have gone with me, and earned a
shilling from the major for his pains. But the next man
I meet will do as well.”

He resumed his walk, and was glad to perceive that
the street now became wider, and the houses more
respectable in their appearance. He soon discerned a
figure moving on moderately in advance, and hastened
his steps to overtake it. As Robin drew nigh, he saw
that the passenger was a man in years, with a full periwig
of gray hair, a wide-skirted coat of dark cloth, and
silk stockings rolled above his knees. He carried a long
and polished cane, which he struck down perpendicularly
before him, at every step; and at regular intervals
he uttered two successive hems, of a peculiarly solemn

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

and sepulchral intonation. Having made these observations,
Robin laid hold of the skirt of the old man's coat,
just when the light from the open door and windows of
a barber's shop fell upon both their figures.

“Good-evening to you, honored sir,” said he, making
a low bow, and still retaining his hold of the skirt. “I
pray you tell me whereabouts is the dwelling of my
kinsman, Major Molineux.”

The youth's question was uttered very loudly; and
one of the barbers, whose razor was descending on a
well-soaped chin, and another who was dressing a Ramillies
wig, left their occupations, and came to the door.
The citizen, in the mean time, turned a long-favored
countenance upon Robin, and answered him in a tone of
excessive anger and annoyance. His two sepulchral
hems, however, broke into the very centre of his rebuke,
with most singular effect, like a thought of the cold grave
obtruding among wrathful passions.

“Let go my garment, fellow! I tell you, I know not
the man you speak of. What! I have authority, I
have — hem, hem — authority; and if this be the respect
you show for your betters, your feet shall be brought
acquainted with the stocks by daylight, to-morrow morning!”

Robin released the old man's skirt, and hastened
away, pursued by an ill-mannered roar of laughter from
the barber's shop. He was at first considerably surprised
by the result of his question, but, being a shrewd
youth, soon thought himself able to account for the
mystery.

“This is some country representative,” was his conclusion,
“who has never seen the inside of my kinsman's

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

door, and lacks the breeding to answer a stranger civilly.
The man is old, or verily — I might be tempted to turn
back and smite him on the nose. Ah, Robin, Robin!
even the barber's boys laugh at you for choosing such
a guide! You will be wiser in time, friend Robin.”

He now became entangled in a succession of crooked
and narrow streets, which crossed each other, and
meandered at no great distance from the water-side.
The smell of tar was obvious to his nostrils, the masts
of vessels pierced the moonlight above the tops of the
buildings, and the numerous signs, which Robin paused
to read, informed him that he was near the centre of
business. But the streets were empty, the shops were
closed, and lights were visible only in the second
stories of a few dwelling-houses. At length, on the
corner of a narrow lane, through which he was passing,
he beheld the broad countenance of a British hero
swinging before the door of an inn, whence proceeded
the voices of many guests. The casement of one of
the lower windows was thrown back, and a very thin
curtain permitted Robin to distinguish a party at supper,
round a well-furnished table. The fragrance of the
good cheer steamed forth into the outer air, and the
youth could not fail to recollect that the last remnant
of his travelling stock of provision had yielded to his
morning appetite, and that noon had found, and left him,
dinnerless.

“O, that a parchment three-penny might give me a
right to sit down at yonder table!” said Robin, with a
sigh. “But the major will make me welcome to the
best of his victuals; so I will even step boldly in, and
inquire my way to his dwelling.”

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

He entered the tavern, and was guided by the murmur
of voices, and the fumes of tobacco, to the public
room. It was a long and low apartment, with oaken
walls, grown dark in the continual smoke, and a floor,
which was thickly sanded, but of no immaculate purity.
A number of persons — the larger part of whom appeared
to be mariners, or in some way connected with the
sea — occupied the wooden benches, or leather-bottomed
chairs, conversing on various matters, and occasionally
lending their attention to some topic of general interest.
Three or four little groups were draining as many
bowls of punch, which the West India trade had long
since made a familiar drink in the colony. Others,
who had the appearance of men who lived by regular
and laborious handicraft, preferred the insulated bliss
of an unshared potation, and became more taciturn
under its influence. Nearly all, in short, evinced a
predilection for the Good Creature in some of its various
shapes, for this is a vice to which, as Fast-day
sermons of a hundred years ago will testify, we have
a long hereditary claim. The only guests to whom
Robin's sympathies inclined him were two or three
sheepish countrymen, who were using the inn somewhat
after the fashion of a Turkish caravansary; they
had gotten themselves into the darkest corner of the
room, and, heedless of the Nicotian atmosphere, were
supping on the bread of their own ovens, and the
bacon cured in their own chimney-smoke. But though
Robin felt a sort of brotherhood with these strangers,
his eyes were attracted from them to a person who
stood near the door, holding whispered conversation
with a group of ill-dressed associates. His features

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

were separately striking almost to grotesqueness, and
the whole face left a deep impression on the memory.
The forehead bulged out into a double prominence, with
a vale between; the nose came boldly forth in an irregular
curve, and its bridge was of more than a finger's
breadth; the eyebrows were deep and shaggy, and the
eyes glowed beneath them like fire in a cave.

While Robin deliberated of whom to inquire respecting
his kinsman's dwelling, he was accosted by the
innkeeper, a little man in a stained white apron, who
had come to pay his professional welcome to the
stranger. Being in the second generation from a French
Protestant, he seemed to have inherited the courtesy of
his parent nation; but no variety of circumstances was
ever known to change his voice from the one shrill note
in which he now addressed Robin.

“From the country, I presume, sir?” said he, with a
profound bow. “Beg leave to congratulate you on your
arrival, and trust you intend a long stay with us. Fine
town here, sir, beautiful buildings, and much that may
interest a stranger. May I hope for the honor of your
commands in respect to supper?”

“The man sees a family likeness! the rogue has
guessed that I am related to the major!” thought
Robin, who had hitherto experienced little superfluous
civility.

All eyes were now turned on the country lad, standing
at the door, in his worn three-cornered hat, gray
coat, leather breeches, and blue yarn stockings, leaning
on an oaken cudgel, and bearing a wallet on his
back.

Robin replied to the courteous innkeeper, with such

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

an assumption of confidence as befitted the major's
relative. “My honest friend,” he said, “I shall make
it a point to patronize your house on some occasion,
when” — here he could not help lowering his voice —
“when I may have more than a parchment three-pence in
my pocket. My present business,” continued he, speaking
with lofty confidence, “is merely to inquire my way
to the dwelling of my kinsman, Major Molineux.”

There was a sudden and general movement in the
room, which Robin interpreted as expressing the eagerness
of each individual to become his guide. But the
innkeeper turned his eyes to a written paper on the wall,
which he read, or seemed to read, with occasional recurrences
to the young man's figure.

“What have we here?” said he, breaking his speech
into little dry fragments. “`Left the house of the
subscriber, bounden servant, Hezekiah Mudge, — had on,
when he went away, gray coat, leather breeches, master's
third-best hat. One pound currency reward to
whosoever shall lodge him in any jail of the province.'
Better trudge, boy, better trudge!”

Robin had begun to draw his hand towards the
lighter end of the oak cudgel, but a strange hostility in
every countenance induced him to relinquish his purpose
of breaking the courteous innkeeper's head. As he
turned to leave the room, he encountered a sneering
glance from the bold-featured personage whom he had
before noticed; and no sooner was he beyond the door,
than he heard a general laugh, in which the innkeeper's
voice might be distinguished, like the dropping of small
stones into a kettle.

“Now, is it not strange,” thought Robin, with his

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

usual shrewdness, “is it not strange, that the confession
of an empty pocket should outweigh the name of my
kinsman, Major Molineux? O, if I had one of those
grinning rascals in the woods, where I and my oak sapling
grew up together, I would teach him that my arm
is heavy, though my purse be light!”

On turning the corner of the narrow lane, Robin found
himself in a spacious street, with an unbroken line of
lofty houses on each side, and a steepled building at the
upper end, whence the ringing of a bell announced the
hour of nine. The light of the moon, and the lamps
from the numerous shop windows, discovered people
promenading on the pavement, and amongst them
Robin hoped to recognize his hitherto inscrutable relative.
The result of his former inquiries made him
unwilling to hazard another, in a scene of such publicity,
and he determined to walk slowly and silently up the
street, thrusting his face close to that of every elderly
gentleman, in search of the major's lineaments. In his
progress, Robin encountered many gay and gallant
figures. Embroidered garments of showy colors, enormous
periwigs, gold-laced hats, and silver-hilted swords,
glided past him, and dazzled his optics. Travelled
youths, imitators of the European fine gentlemen of the
period, trod jauntily along, half-dancing to the fashionable
tunes which they hummed, and making poor Robin
ashamed of his quiet and natural gait. At length, after
many pauses to examine the gorgeous display of goods
in the shop windows, and after suffering some rebukes
for the impertinence of his scrutiny into people's faces,
the major's kinsman found himself near the steepled
building, still unsuccessful in his search. As yet,

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

however, he had seen only one side of the thronged street;
so Robin crossed, and continued the same sort of inquisition
down the opposite pavement, with stronger hopes
than the philosopher seeking an honest man, but with no
better fortune. He had arrived about midway towards
the lower end, from which his course began, when he
overheard the approach of some one, who struck down a
cane on the flag-stones at every step, uttering, at regular
intervals, two sepulchral hems.

“Mercy on us!” quoth Robin, recognizing the sound.

Turning a corner, which chanced to be close at his
right hand, he hastened to pursue his researches in some
other part of the town. His patience now was wearing
low, and he seemed to feel more fatigue from his rambles
since he crossed the ferry, than from his journey of
several days on the other side. Hunger also pleaded
loudly within him, and Robin began to balance the propriety
of demanding, violently, and with lifted cudgel,
the necessary guidance from the first solitary passenger
whom he should meet. While a resolution to this effect
was gaining strength, he entered a street of mean appearance,
on either side of which a row of ill-built houses
was straggling towards the harbor. The moonlight fell
upon no passenger along the whole extent, but in the
third domicile which Robin passed there was a half-opened
door, and his keen glance detected a woman's
garment within.

“My luck may be better here,” said he to himself.

Accordingly, he approached the door, and beheld it
shut closer as he did so; yet an open space remained,
sufficing for the fair occupant to observe the stranger,
without a corresponding display on her part. All that

-- 257 --

[figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

Robin could discern was a strip of scarlet petticoat, and
the occasional sparkle of an eye, as if the moonbeams
were trembling on some bright thing.

“Pretty mistress,” for I may call her so with a good
conscience, thought the shrewd youth, since I know
nothing to the contrary, — “my sweet pretty mistress,
will you be kind enough to tell me whereabouts I must
seek the dwelling of my kinsman, Major Molineux?”

Robin's voice was plaintive and winning, and the
female, seeing nothing to be shunned in the handsome
country youth, thrust open the door, and came forth into
the moonlight. She was a dainty little figure, with a
white neck, round arms, and a slender waist, at the
extremity of which her scarlet petticoat jutted out over a
hoop, as if she were standing in a balloon. Moreover,
her face was oval and pretty, her hair dark beneath the
little cap, and her bright eyes possessed a sly freedom,
which triumphed over those of Robin.

“Major Molineux dwells here,” said this fair woman.

Now, her voice was the sweetest Robin had heard that
night, the airy counterpart of a stream of melted silver;
yet he could not help doubting whether that sweet voice
spoke Gospel truth. He looked up and down the mean
street, and then surveyed the house before which they
stood. It was a small, dark edifice of two stories, the
second of which projected over the lower floor; and the
front apartment had the aspect of a shop for petty
commodities.

“Now truly I am in luck,” replied Robin, cunningly,
“and so indeed is my kinsman, the major, in having so
pretty a housekeeper. But I prithee trouble him to step
to the door; I will deliver him a message from his friends

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

in the country, and then go back to my lodgings at the
inn.”

“Nay, the major has been a-bed this hour or more,”
said the lady of the scarlet petticoat; “and it would be
to little purpose to disturb him to-night, seeing his evening
draught was of the strongest. But he is a kind-hearted
man, and it would be as much as my life's
worth to let a kinsman of his turn away from the door.
You are the good old gentleman's very picture, and I
could swear that was his rainy-weather hat. Also he
has garments very much resembling those leather small-clothes.
But come in, I pray, for I bid you hearty welcome
in his name.”

So saying, the fair and hospitable dame took our hero
by the hand; and the touch was light, and the force was
gentleness, and though Robin read in her eyes what he
did not hear in her words, yet the slender-waisted
woman in the scarlet petticoat proved stronger than the
athletic country youth. She had drawn his half-willing
footsteps nearly to the threshold, when the opening of a
door in the neighborhood startled the major's house-keeper,
and, leaving the major's kinsman, she vanished
speedily into her own domicile. A heavy yawn preceded
the appearance of a man, who, like the Moonshine of
Pyramus and Thisbe, carried a lantern, needlessly aiding
his sister luminary in the heavens. As he walked
sleepily up the street, he turned his broad, dull face on
Robin, and displayed a long staff, spiked at the end.

“Home, vagabond, home!” said the watchman, in
accents that seemed to fall asleep as soon as they were
uttered. “Home, or we 'll set you in the stocks, by
peep of day!”

-- 259 --

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

“This is the second hint of the kind,” thought Robin.
“I wish they would end my difficulties, by setting me
there to-night.”

Nevertheless, the youth felt an instinctive antipathy
towards the guardian of midnight order, which at first
prevented him from asking his usual question. But
just when the man was about to vanish behind the corner,
Robin resolved not to lose the opportunity, and
shouted lustily after him,—

“I say, friend! will you guide me to the house of my
kinsman, Major Molineux?”

The watchman made no reply, but turned the corner
and was gone; yet Robin seemed to hear the sound of
drowsy laughter stealing along the solitary street. At
that moment, also, a pleasant titter saluted him from the
open window above his head; he looked up, and caught
the sparkle of a saucy eye; a round arm beckoned to
him, and next he heard light footsteps descending the
staircase within. But Robin, being of the household of
a New England clergyman, was a good youth, as well
as a shrewd one; so he resisted temptation, and fled
away.

He now roamed desperately, and at random, through
the town, almost ready to believe that a spell was on
him, like that by which a wizard of his country had once
kept three pursuers wandering, a whole winter night,
within twenty paces of the cottage which they sought.
The streets lay before him, strange and desolate, and the
lights were extinguished in almost every house. Twice,
however, little parties of men, among whom Robin distinguished
individuals in outlandish attire, came hurrying
along; but though on both occasions they paused to

-- 260 --

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

address him, such intercourse did not at all enlighten his
perplexity. They did but utter a few words in some
language of which Robin knew nothing, and perceiving
his inability to answer, bestowed a curse upon him in plain
English, and hastened away. Finally, the lad determined
to knock at the door of every mansion that might
appear worthy to be occupied by his kinsman, trusting
that perseverance would overcome the fatality that had
hitherto thwarted him. Firm in this resolve, he was
passing beneath the walls of a church, which formed the
corner of two streets, when, as he turned into the shade
of its steeple, he encountered a bulky stranger, muffled
in a cloak. The man was proceeding with the speed of
earnest business, but Robin planted himself full before
him, holding the oak cudgel with both hands across his
body, as a bar to further passage.

“Halt, honest man, and answer me a question,” said
he, very resolutely. “Tell me, this instant, whereabouts
is the dwelling of my kinsman, Major Molineux!”

“Keep your tongue between your teeth, fool, and let
me pass!” said a deep, gruff voice, which Robin partly
remembered. “Let me pass, I say, or I 'll strike you to
the earth!”

“No, no, neighbor!” cried Robin, flourishing his
cudgel, and then thrusting its larger end close to the
man's muffled face. “No, no, I 'm not the fool you take
me for, nor do you pass till I have an answer to my
question. Whereabouts is the dwelling of my kinsman,
Major Molineux?”

The stranger, instead of attempting to force his passage,
stepped back into the moonlight, unmuffled his
face, and stared full into that of Robin.

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

“Watch here an hour, and Major Molineux will pass
by,” said he.

Robin gazed with dismay and astonishment on the
unprecedented physiognomy of the speaker. The forehead
with its double prominence, the broad hooked nose,
the shaggy eyebrows, and fiery eyes, were those which
he had noticed at the inn, but the man's complexion had
undergone a singular, or, more properly, a two-fold
change. One side of the face blazed an intense red,
while the other was black as midnight, the division line
being in the broad bridge of the nose; and a mouth which
seemed to extend from ear to ear was black or red, in
contrast to the color of the cheek. The effect was as
if two individual devils, a fiend of fire and a fiend of
darkness, had united themselves to form this infernal
visage. The stranger grinned in Robin's face, muffled
his parti-colored features, and was out of sight in a
moment.

“Strange things we travellers see!” ejaculated Robin.

He seated himself, however, upon the steps of the
church-door, resolving to wait the appointed time for his
kinsman. A few moments were consumed in philosophical
speculations upon the species of man who had just
left him; but having settled this point shrewdly, rationally,
and satisfactorily, he was compelled to look elsewhere
for his amusement. And first he threw his eyes
along the street. It was of more respectable appearance
than most of those into which he had wandered, and
the moon, creating, like the imaginative power, a beautiful
strangeness in familiar objects, gave something of
romance to a scene that might not have possessed it in
the light of day. The irregular and often quaint

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

architecture of the houses, some of whose roofs were broken
into numerous little peaks, while others ascended, steep
and narrow, into a single point, and others again were
square; the pure snow-white of some of their complexions,
the aged darkness of others, and the thousand sparklings,
reflected from bright substances in the walls of many;
these matters engaged Robin's attention for a while, and
then began to grow wearisome. Next he endeavored to
define the forms of distant objects, starting away, with
almost ghostly indistinctness, just as his eye appeared to
grasp them; and finally he took a minute survey of an
edifice which stood on the opposite side of the street,
directly in front of the church-door, where he was stationed.
It was a large, square mansion, distinguished
from its neighbors by a balcony, which rested on tall
pillars, and by an elaborate Gothic window, communicating
therewith.

“Perhaps this is the very house I have been seeking,”
thought Robin.

Then he strove to speed away the time, by listening
to a murmur which swept continually along the street,
yet was scarcely audible, except to an unaccustomed ear
like his; it was a low, dull, dreamy sound, compounded
of many noises, each of which was at too great a distance
to be separately heard. Robin marvelled at this
snore of a sleeping town, and marvelled more whenever
its continuity was broken by now and then a distant
shout, apparently loud where it originated. But altogether
it was a sleep-inspiring sound, and, to shake off
its drowsy influence, Robin arose, and climbed a window-frame,
that he might view the interior of the church.
There the moonbeams came trembling in, and fell down

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

upon the deserted pews, and extended along the quiet
aisles. A fainter yet more awful radiance was hovering
around the pulpit, and one solitary ray had dared
to rest upon the opened page of the great Bible. Had
nature, in that deep hour, become a worshipper in the
house which man had builded? Or was that heavenly
light the visible sanctity of the place, — visible because no
earthly and impure feet were within the walls? The
scene made Robin's heart shiver with a sensation of loneliness
stronger than he had ever felt in the remotest
depths of his native woods; so he turned away, and sat
down again before the door. There were graves around
the church, and now an uneasy thought obtruded into
Robin's breast. What if the object of his search, which
had been so often and so strangely thwarted, were all
the time mouldering in his shroud? What if his kinsman
should glide through yonder gate, and nod and
smile to him in dimly passing by?

“O that any breathing thing were here with me!”
said Robin.

Recalling his thoughts from this uncomfortable track,
he sent them over forest, hill, and stream, and attempted
to imagine how that evening of ambiguity and wearines
had been spent by his father's household. He
pictured them assembled at the door, beneath the tree,
the great old tree, which had been spared for its huge
twisted trunk, and venerable shade, when a thousand
leafy brethren fell. There, at the going down of the
summer sun, it was his father's custom to perform
domestic worship, that the neighbors might come and
join with him like brothers of the family, and that the
wayfaring man might pause to drink at that fountain,

-- 264 --

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

and keep his heart pure by freshening the memory of
home. Robin distinguished the seat of every individual
of the little audience; he saw the good man in the
midst, holding the Scriptures in the golden light that fell
from the western clouds; he beheld him close the book,
and all rise up to pray. He heard the old thanksgivings
for daily mercies, the old supplications for their continuance,
to which he had so often listened in weariness,
but which were now among his dear remembrances. He
perceived the slight inequality of his father's voice when
he came to speak of the absent one; he noted how his
mother turned her face to the broad and knotted trunk;
how his elder brother scorned, because the beard was
rough upon his upper lip, to permit his features to
be moved; how the younger sister drew down a low
hanging branch before her eyes; and how the little one
of all, whose sports had hitherto broken the decorum of
the scene, understood the prayer for her playmate, and
burst into clamorous grief. Then he saw them go in at
the door; and when Robin would have entered also, the
latch tinkled into its place, and he was excluded from
his home.

“Am I here, or there?” cried Robin, starting; for all
at once, when his thoughts had become visible and audible
in a dream, the long, wide, solitary street shone out
before him.

He aroused himself, and endeavored to fix his attention
steadily upon the large edifice which he had surveyed
before. But still his mind kept vibrating between fancy
and reality; by turns, the pillars of the balcony lengthened
into the tall, bare stems of pines, dwindled down to
human figures, settled again into their true shape and

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

size, and then commenced a new succession of changes.
For a single moment, when he deemed himself awake,
he could have sworn that a visage — one which he seemed
to remember, yet could not absolutely name as his kinsman's—
was looking towards him from the Gothic window.
A deeper sleep wrestled with and nearly overcame
him, but fled at the sound of footsteps along the opposite
pavement. Robin rubbed his eyes, discerned a man
passing at the foot of the balcony, and addressed him in
a loud, peevish, and lamentable cry.

“Hallo, friend! must I wait here all night for my
kinsman, Major Molineux?”

The sleeping echoes awoke, and answered the voice;
and the passenger, barely able to discern a figure sitting
in the oblique shade of the steeple, traversed the street
to obtain a nearer view. He was himself a gentleman
in his prime, of open, intelligent, cheerful, and altogether
prepossessing countenance. Perceiving a country youth,
apparently homeless and without friends, he accosted
him in a tone of real kindness, which had become strange
to Robin's ears.

“Well, my good lad, why are you sitting here?”
inquired he. “Can I be of service to you in any
way?”

“I am afraid not, sir,” replied Robin, despondingly;
“yet I shall take it kindly, if you 'll answer me a single
question. I 've been searching, half the night, for one
Major Molineux; now, sir, is there really such a person
in these parts, or am I dreaming?”

“Major Molineux! The name is not altogether
strange to me,” said the gentleman, smiling. “Have

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

you any objection to telling me the nature of your business
with him?”

Then Robin briefly related that his father was a clergyman,
settled on a small salary, at a long distance back
in the country, and that he and Major Molineux were
brothers' children. The major, having inherited riches,
and acquired civil and military rank, had visited his
cousin, in great pomp, a year or two before; had manifested
much interest in Robin and an elder brother, and,
being childless himself, had thrown out hints respecting
the future establishment of one of them in life. The
elder brother was destined to succeed to the farm which
his father cultivated in the interval of sacred duties; it
was therefore determined that Robin should profit by his
kinsman's generous intentions, especially as he seemed
to be rather the favorite, and was thought to possess
other necessary endowments.

“For I have the name of being a shrewd youth,”
observed Robin, in this part of his story.

“I doubt not you deserve it,” replied his new friend,
good-naturedly; “but pray proceed.”

“Well, sir, being nearly eighteen years old, and wellgrown,
as you see,” continued Robin, drawing himself
up to his full height, “I thought it high time to begin
the world. So my mother and sister put me in handsome
trim, and my father gave me half the remnant of
his last year's salary, and five days ago I started for this
place, to pay the major a visit. But, would you believe
it, sir! I crossed the ferry a little after dark, and have
yet found nobody that would show me the way to his
dwelling; — only, an hour or two since, I was told to
wait here, and Major Molineux would pass by.”

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

“Can you describe the man who told you this?”
inquired the gentleman.

“O, he was a very ill-favored fellow, sir,” replied
Robin, “with two great bumps on his forehead, a hook
nose, fiery eyes, — and, what struck me as the strangest,
his face was of two different colors. Do you happen to
know such a man, sir?”

“Not intimately,” answered the stranger, “but I
chanced to meet him a little time previous to your
stopping me. I believe you may trust his word, and
that the major will very shortly pass through this street.
In the mean time, as I have a singular curiosity to witness
your meeting, I will sit down here upon the steps,
and bear you company.”

He seated himself accordingly, and soon engaged his
companion in animated discourse. It was but of brief
continuance, however, for a noise of shouting, which had
long been remotely audible, drew so much nearer that
Robin inquired its cause.

“What may be the meaning of this uproar?” asked
he. “Truly, if your town be always as noisy, I shall
find little sleep, while I am an inhabitant.”

“Why, indeed, friend Robin, there do appear to be
three or four riotous fellows abroad to-night,” replied the
gentleman. “You must not expect all the stillness of
your native woods, here in our streets. But the watch
will shortly be at the heels of these lads, and —”

“Ay, and set them in the stocks by peep of day,”
interrupted Robin, recollecting his own encounter with
the drowsy lantern-bearer. “But, dear sir, if I may
trust my ears, an army of watchmen would never make
head against such a multitude of rioters. There were

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

at least a thousand voices went up to make that one
shout.”

“May not a man have several voices, Robin, as well
as two complexions?” said his friend.

“Perhaps a man may; but Heaven forbid that a
woman should!” responded the shrewd youth, thinking
of the seductive tones of the major's housekeeper.

The sounds of a trumpet in some neighboring street
now became so evident and continual, that Robin's curiosity
was strongly excited. In addition to the shouts,
he heard frequent bursts from many instruments of
discord, and a wild and confused laughter filled up the
intervals. Robin rose from the steps, and looked wistfully
towards a point whither several people seemed to
be hastening.

“Surely some prodigious merry-making is going on,”
exclaimed he. “I have laughed very little since I left
home, sir, and should be sorry to lose an opportunity.
Shall we step round the corner by that darkish house,
and take our share of the fun?”

“Sit down again, sit down, good Robin,” replied the
gentleman, laying his hand on the skirt of the gray
coat. “You forget that we must wait here for your
kinsman; and there is reason to believe that he will
pass by, in the course of a very few moments.”

The near approach of the uproar had now disturbed
the neighborhood; windows flew open on all sides; and
many heads, in the attire of the pillow, and confused by
sleep suddenly broken, were protruded to the gaze of
whoever had leisure to observe them. Eager voices
hailed each other from house to house, all demanding
the explanation, which not a soul could give.

-- 269 --

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

Half-dressed men hurried towards the unknown commotion,
stumbling as they went over the stone steps, that thrust
themselves into the narrow foot-walk. The shouts, the
laughter, and the tuneless bray, the antipodes of music,
came onwards with increasing din, till scattered individuals,
and then denser bodies, began to appear round
a corner at the distance of a hundred yards.

“Will you recognize your kinsman, if he passes in
this crowd?” inquired the gentleman.

“Indeed, I can't warrant it, sir; but I 'll take my
stand here, and keep a bright look-out,” answered Robin,
descending to the outer edge of the pavement.

A mighty stream of people now emptied into the
street, and came rolling slowly towards the church. A
single horseman wheeled the corner in the midst of
them, and close behind him came a band of fearful
wind-instruments, sending forth a fresher discord, now
that no intervening buildings kept it from the ear. Then
a redder light disturbed the moonbeams, and a dense
multitude of torches shone along the street, concealing,
by their glare, whatever object they illuminated. The
single horseman, clad in a military dress, and bearing a
drawn sword, rode onward as the leader, and, by his
fierce and variegated countenance, appeared like war
personified: the red of one cheek was an emblem of fire
and sword; the blackness of the other betokened the
mourning that attends them. In his train were wild
figures in the Indian dress, and many fantastic shapes
without a model, giving the whole march a visionary
air, as if a dream had broken forth from some feverish
brain, and were sweeping visibly through the midnight
streets. A mass of people, inactive, except as applauding

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

spectators, hemmed the procession in; and several
women ran along the side-walk, piercing the confusion
of heavier sounds with their shrill voices of mirth or
terror.

`The double-faced fellow has his eye upon me,”
muttered Robin, with an indefinite but an uncomfortable
idea that he was himself to bear a part in the pageantry.

The leader turned himself in the saddle, and fixed his
glance full upon the country youth, as the steed went
slowly by. When Robin had freed his eyes from those
fiery ones, the musicians were passing before him, and
the torches were close at hand; but the unsteady brightness
of the latter formed a veil which he could not
penetrate. The rattling of wheels over the stones sometimes
found its way to his ear, and confused traces of a
human form appeared at intervals, and then melted into
the vivid light. A moment more, and the leader thundered
a command to halt: the trumpets vomited a
horrid breath, and then held their peace; the shouts and
laughter of the people died away, and there remained
only a universal hum, allied to silence. Right before
Robin's eyes was an uncovered cart. There the torches
blazed the brightest, there the moon shone out like day,
and there, in tar-and-feathery dignity, sat his kinsman,
Major Molineux!

He was an elderly man, of large and majestic person,
and strong, square features, betokening a steady soul; but
steady as it was, his enemies had found means to shake
it. His face was pale as death, and far more ghastly;
the broad forehead was contracted in his agony, so that
his eyebrows formed one grizzled line; his eyes were
red and wild, and the foam hung white upon his

-- 271 --

[figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

quivering lip. His whole frame was agitated by a quick and
continual tremor, which his pride strove to quell, even
in those circumstances of overwhelming humiliation.
But perhaps the bitterest pang of all was when his eyes
met those of Robin; for he evidently knew him on the
instant, as the youth stood witnessing the foul disgrace
of a head grown gray in honor. They stared at each
other in silence, and Robin's knees shook, and his hair
bristled, with a mixture of pity and terror. Soon, however,
a bewildering excitement began to seize upon his
mind; the preceding adventures of the night, the unexpected
appearance of the crowd, the torches, the confused
din and the hush that followed, the spectre of his kinsman
reviled by that great multitude, — all this, and, more
than all, a perception of tremendous ridicule in the whole
scene, affected him with a sort of mental inebriety. At
that moment a voice of sluggish merriment saluted Robin's
ears; he turned instinctively, and just behind the corner
of the church stood the lantern-bearer, rubbing his eyes,
and drowsily enjoying the lad's amazement. Then he
heard a peal of laughter like the ringing of silvery bells;
a woman twitched his arm, a saucy eye met his, and
he saw the lady of the scarlet petticoat. A sharp, dry
cachinnation appealed to his memory, and, standing on
tiptoe in the crowd, with his white apron over his head,
he beheld the courteous little innkeeper. And lastly,
there sailed over the heads of the multitude a great,
broad laugh, broken in the midst by two sepulchral
hems; thus, “Haw, haw, haw, — hem, hem, — haw,
haw, haw, haw!”

The sound proceeded from the balcony of the opposite
edifice, and thither Robin turned his eyes. In front of

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

the Gothic window stood the old citizen, wrapped in a
wide gown, his gray periwig exchanged for a night-cap,
which was thrust back from his forehead, and his silk
stockings hanging about his legs. He supported himself
on his polished cane in a fit of convulsive merriment,
which manifested itself on his solemn old features like
a funny inscription on a tomb-stone. Then Robin
seemed to hear the voices of the barbers, of the guests
of the inn, and of all who had made sport of him that
night. The contagion was spreading among the multitude,
when, all at once, it seized upon Robin, and he
sent forth a shout of laughter that echoed through the
street; — every man shook his sides, every man emptied
his lungs, but Robin's shout was the loudest there. The
cloud-spirits peeped from their silvery islands, as the
congregated mirth went roaring up the sky! The Man
in the Moon heard the far bellow; “Oho,” quoth he,
“the old earth is frolicksome to-night!”

When there was a momentary calm in that tempestuous
sea of sound, the leader gave the sign, the procession
resumed its march. On they went, like fiends that
throng in mockery around some dead potentate, mighty
no more, but majestic still in his agony. On they went,
in counterfeited pomp, in senseless uproar, in frenzied
merriment, trampling all on an old man's heart. On
swept the tumult, and left a silent street behind.

“Well, Robin, are you dreaming?” inquired the gentleman,
laying his hand on the youth's shoulder.

Robin started, and withdrew his arm from the stone
post to which he had instinctively clung, as the living
stream rolled by him. His cheek was somewhat pale,

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

and his eye not quite as lively as in the earlier part of
the evening.

“Will you be kind enough to show me the way to the
ferry?” said he, after a moment's pause.

“You have, then, adopted a new subject of inquiry?”
observed his companion, with a smile.

“Why, yes, sir,” replied Robin, rather dryly. “Thanks
to you, and to my other friends, I have at last met my
kinsman, and he will scarce desire to see my face again.
I begin to grow weary of a town life, sir. Will you
show me the way to the ferry?”

“No, my good friend Robin, — not to-night, at least,”
said the gentleman. “Some few days hence, if you
wish it, I will speed you on your journey. Or, if you
prefer to remain with us, perhaps, as you are a shrewd
youth, you may rise in the world without the help of
your kinsman, Major Molineux.”

Back matter

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

Previous section


Hawthorne, Nathaniel, 1804-1864 [1852], The snow-image and other twice-told tales. (Ticknor, Reed, and Fields, Boston) [word count] [eaf578T].
Powered by PhiloLogic